mirror of
https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/xorg/lib/libx11.git
synced 2025-12-20 02:20:17 +01:00
Strip trailing whitespace from source files
Performed with: `git ls-files | xargs perl -i -p -e 's{[ \t]+$}{}'`
`git diff -w` & `git diff -b` show no diffs from this change
Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
Part-of: <https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/xorg/lib/libx11/-/merge_requests/287>
This commit is contained in:
parent
e003f52661
commit
8b77c86a06
87 changed files with 3486 additions and 3486 deletions
4
.gitignore
vendored
4
.gitignore
vendored
|
|
@ -72,10 +72,10 @@ core
|
|||
*.tar.bz2
|
||||
*.tar.gz
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Add & Override patterns for libX11
|
||||
# Add & Override patterns for libX11
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Edit the following section as needed
|
||||
# For example, !report.pc overrides *.pc. See 'man gitignore'
|
||||
#
|
||||
#
|
||||
doltcompile
|
||||
doltlibtool
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ libman_PRE = \
|
|||
XkbTranslateKeyCode.man \
|
||||
XkbTranslateKeySym.man \
|
||||
XkbUpdateMapFromCore.man \
|
||||
XkbVirtualModsToReal.man
|
||||
XkbVirtualModsToReal.man
|
||||
|
||||
libman_DATA = $(libman_PRE:man=@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ Set_Error :
|
|||
|
||||
Xfree(ic->private.local.ic_resources);
|
||||
ic->private.local.ic_resources = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Xfree(ic);
|
||||
return((XIC)NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ _XimDefaultResName(
|
|||
Xim im = (Xim)ic->core.im;
|
||||
char **out;
|
||||
char *string;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
if(im->core.res_name == (char *)NULL) {
|
||||
return True;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -519,12 +519,12 @@ _XimDefaultResName(
|
|||
string=strdup(im->core.res_name);
|
||||
if ( string == NULL)
|
||||
return False;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
out = (char **)((char *)top + info->offset);
|
||||
|
||||
Xfree(*out); /* free old im->core.res_name */
|
||||
*out =string;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
return True;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -547,12 +547,12 @@ _XimDefaultResClass(
|
|||
string=strdup(im->core.res_class);
|
||||
if (string == NULL)
|
||||
return False;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
out = (char **)((char *)top + info->offset);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Xfree(*out); /* free old im->core.res_class */
|
||||
*out = string;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
return True;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -836,7 +836,7 @@ _XimEncodeString(
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
out = (char **)((char *)top + info->offset);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Xfree(*out);
|
||||
*out = string;
|
||||
return True;
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ SOFTWARE.
|
|||
|
||||
/* character classification table */
|
||||
#define TACTIS_CHARS 256
|
||||
static
|
||||
static
|
||||
char const tactis_chtype[TACTIS_CHARS] = {
|
||||
CTRL, CTRL, CTRL, CTRL, CTRL, CTRL, CTRL, CTRL, /* 0 - 7 */
|
||||
CTRL, CTRL, CTRL, CTRL, CTRL, CTRL, CTRL, CTRL, /* 8 - 15 */
|
||||
|
|
@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ char const tactis_chtype[TACTIS_CHARS] = {
|
|||
|
||||
#define CH_CLASSES 17 /* 17 classes of chars */
|
||||
|
||||
static
|
||||
static
|
||||
char const write_rules_lookup[CH_CLASSES][CH_CLASSES] = {
|
||||
/* Table 0: writing/outputting rules */
|
||||
/* row: leading char, column: following char */
|
||||
|
|
@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ char const write_rules_lookup[CH_CLASSES][CH_CLASSES] = {
|
|||
,{XC, NC, NC, NC, NC, NC, NC, NC, NC, NC, CP, NC, CP, NC, NC, NC, NC}/*AV3*/
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
static
|
||||
static
|
||||
char const wtt_isc1_lookup[CH_CLASSES][CH_CLASSES] = {
|
||||
/* Table 1: WTT default input sequence check rules */
|
||||
/* row: leading char, column: following char */
|
||||
|
|
@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ char const wtt_isc1_lookup[CH_CLASSES][CH_CLASSES] = {
|
|||
,{XC, AC, AC, AC, AC, AC, AC, RJ, RJ, RJ, CP, RJ, CP, RJ, RJ, RJ, RJ}/*AV3*/
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
static
|
||||
static
|
||||
char const wtt_isc2_lookup[CH_CLASSES][CH_CLASSES] = {
|
||||
/* Table 2: WTT strict input sequence check rules */
|
||||
/* row: leading char, column: following char */
|
||||
|
|
@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ char const wtt_isc2_lookup[CH_CLASSES][CH_CLASSES] = {
|
|||
,{XC, AC, AC, AC, RJ, RJ, AC, RJ, RJ, RJ, CP, RJ, CP, RJ, RJ, RJ, RJ}/*AV3*/
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
static
|
||||
static
|
||||
char const thaicat_isc_lookup[CH_CLASSES][CH_CLASSES] = {
|
||||
/* Table 3: Thaicat input sequence check rules */
|
||||
/* row: leading char, column: following char */
|
||||
|
|
@ -1018,7 +1018,7 @@ ComputeMaskFromKeytrans(
|
|||
#define FIRST_COMPOSE_KEY_STATE 1
|
||||
#define SECOND_COMPOSE_KEY_STATE 2
|
||||
|
||||
static
|
||||
static
|
||||
KeySym HexIMNormalKey(
|
||||
XicThaiPart *thai_part,
|
||||
KeySym symbol,
|
||||
|
|
@ -1034,7 +1034,7 @@ KeySym HexIMNormalKey(
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static
|
||||
static
|
||||
KeySym HexIMFirstComposeKey(
|
||||
XicThaiPart *thai_part,
|
||||
KeySym symbol,
|
||||
|
|
@ -1057,7 +1057,7 @@ KeySym HexIMFirstComposeKey(
|
|||
return NoSymbol;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static
|
||||
static
|
||||
KeySym HexIMSecondComposeKey(
|
||||
XicThaiPart *thai_part,
|
||||
KeySym symbol,
|
||||
|
|
@ -1092,7 +1092,7 @@ KeySym HexIMSecondComposeKey(
|
|||
* The current implementation of this routine returns ISO Latin Keysyms.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
static
|
||||
static
|
||||
KeySym HexIMComposeSequence(KeySym ks1, KeySym ks2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int hi_digit;
|
||||
|
|
@ -1129,7 +1129,7 @@ int tactis_code;
|
|||
* 2) whether cancelling key event should be processed or ignored
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
static
|
||||
static
|
||||
int IsCancelComposeKey(
|
||||
KeySym *symbol,
|
||||
XKeyEvent *event)
|
||||
|
|
@ -1161,7 +1161,7 @@ int IsCancelComposeKey(
|
|||
* set specified keyboard LED on or off
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
static
|
||||
static
|
||||
void SetLed(
|
||||
Display *dpy,
|
||||
int num,
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1640,7 +1640,7 @@ close_om(
|
|||
for (count = gen->data_num; count-- > 0; data++) {
|
||||
Xfree(data->charset_list);
|
||||
data->charset_list = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* free font_data for om */
|
||||
free_fontdataOM(data->font_data,data->font_data_count);
|
||||
Xfree(data->font_data);
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
|
|||
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for C.
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
|
||||
fs0 {
|
||||
|
|
@ -17,9 +17,9 @@ fs0 {
|
|||
}
|
||||
END XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name STRING
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
|
|||
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for armscii-8.
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
|
||||
fs0 {
|
||||
|
|
@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ fs0 {
|
|||
substitute ISO8859-1:GL
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
fs1 {
|
||||
charset ARMSCII-8:GR
|
||||
font ARMSCII-8:GR
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ csd0 {
|
|||
}
|
||||
END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name ARMSCII-8
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
|
|||
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for en_US.UTF-8
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
|
||||
on_demand_loading True
|
||||
|
|
@ -168,9 +168,9 @@ fs16 {
|
|||
}
|
||||
END XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name UTF-8
|
||||
|
|
@ -190,70 +190,70 @@ cs1 {
|
|||
length 1
|
||||
ct_encoding ISO8859-1:GR
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM cs2 class
|
||||
cs2 {
|
||||
side GR
|
||||
length 1
|
||||
ct_encoding ISO8859-2:GR
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM cs3 class
|
||||
cs3 {
|
||||
side GR
|
||||
length 1
|
||||
ct_encoding ISO8859-3:GR
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM cs4 class
|
||||
cs4 {
|
||||
side GR
|
||||
length 1
|
||||
ct_encoding ISO8859-4:GR
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM cs5 class
|
||||
cs5 {
|
||||
side GR
|
||||
length 1
|
||||
ct_encoding ISO8859-5:GR
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM cs6 class
|
||||
cs6 {
|
||||
side GR
|
||||
length 1
|
||||
ct_encoding ISO8859-7:GR
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM cs7 class
|
||||
cs7 {
|
||||
side GR
|
||||
length 1
|
||||
ct_encoding ISO8859-9:GR
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM cs8 class
|
||||
cs8 {
|
||||
side GR
|
||||
length 1
|
||||
ct_encoding ISO8859-13:GR
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM cs9 class
|
||||
cs9 {
|
||||
side GR
|
||||
length 1
|
||||
ct_encoding ISO8859-14:GR
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM cs10 class
|
||||
cs10 {
|
||||
side GR
|
||||
length 1
|
||||
ct_encoding ISO8859-15:GR
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM cs11 class
|
||||
cs11 {
|
||||
side GR
|
||||
|
|
@ -269,21 +269,21 @@ cs12 {
|
|||
ct_encoding KSC5601.1987-0:GL; KSC5601.1987-0:GR;\
|
||||
KSC5601.1987-1:GL; KSC5601.1987-1:GR
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM cs13 class
|
||||
cs13 {
|
||||
side GR
|
||||
length 2
|
||||
ct_encoding GB2312.1980-0:GL; GB2312.1980-0:GR
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM cs14 class
|
||||
cs14 {
|
||||
side GR
|
||||
length 1
|
||||
ct_encoding JISX0201.1976-0:GR
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM cs15 class
|
||||
cs15 {
|
||||
side none
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
|
|||
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for georgian-academy
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
|
||||
fs0 {
|
||||
|
|
@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ fs0 {
|
|||
substitute ISO8859-1:GL
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
fs1 {
|
||||
charset GEORGIAN-ACADEMY:GR
|
||||
font GEORGIAN-ACADEMY:GR
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ csd0 {
|
|||
}
|
||||
END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name GEORGIAN-ACADEMY
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
|
|||
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for georgian-ps
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
|
||||
fs0 {
|
||||
|
|
@ -11,11 +11,11 @@ fs0 {
|
|||
name ISO8859-1:GL
|
||||
}
|
||||
font {
|
||||
primary GEORGIAN-PS:GL
|
||||
primary GEORGIAN-PS:GL
|
||||
substitute ISO8859-1:GL
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
fs1 {
|
||||
charset GEORGIAN-PS:GR
|
||||
font GEORGIAN-PS:GR
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ csd0 {
|
|||
}
|
||||
END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name GEORGIAN-PS
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
|
|||
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for ibm-cp1133.
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
|
||||
fs0 {
|
||||
|
|
@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ fs0 {
|
|||
substitute ISO8859-1:GL
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
fs1 {
|
||||
charset IBM-CP1133:GR
|
||||
font IBM-CP1133:GR
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ csd0 {
|
|||
}
|
||||
END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name IBM-CP1133
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
|
|||
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for mulelao-1.
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
|
||||
fs0 {
|
||||
|
|
@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ fs0 {
|
|||
substitute ISO8859-1:GL
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
fs1 {
|
||||
charset ISCII-DEV:GR
|
||||
font ISCII-DEV:GR
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ csd0 {
|
|||
}
|
||||
END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name ISCII-DEV
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
|
|||
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for mulelao-1.
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
|
||||
fs0 {
|
||||
|
|
@ -11,11 +11,11 @@ fs0 {
|
|||
name ISO8859-1:GL
|
||||
}
|
||||
font {
|
||||
primary ISIRI-3342:GL
|
||||
primary ISIRI-3342:GL
|
||||
substitute ISO8859-1:GL
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
fs1 {
|
||||
charset ISIRI-3342:GR
|
||||
font ISIRI-3342:GR
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ csd0 {
|
|||
}
|
||||
END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name ISIRI-3342
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
|
|||
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for iso8859-1.
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class
|
||||
fs0 {
|
||||
charset {
|
||||
name ISO8859-1:GL
|
||||
|
|
@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ fs0 {
|
|||
vertical_rotate all
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
fs1 {
|
||||
charset {
|
||||
name ISO8859-1:GR
|
||||
|
|
@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ fs1 {
|
|||
}
|
||||
END XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name ISO8859-1
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
|
|||
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for iso8859-4.
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class
|
||||
fs0 {
|
||||
charset {
|
||||
name ISO8859-1:GL
|
||||
|
|
@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ fs0 {
|
|||
vertical_rotate all
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
fs1 {
|
||||
charset {
|
||||
name ISO8859-10:GR
|
||||
|
|
@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ fs1 {
|
|||
}
|
||||
END XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name ISO8859-10
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
|
|||
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for iso8859-11.
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class
|
||||
fs0 {
|
||||
charset {
|
||||
name ISO8859-1:GL
|
||||
|
|
@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ fs0 {
|
|||
vertical_rotate all
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
fs1 {
|
||||
charset {
|
||||
name ISO8859-11:GR
|
||||
|
|
@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ fs1 {
|
|||
}
|
||||
END XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name ISO8859-11
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
|
|||
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for iso8859-13.
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class
|
||||
fs0 {
|
||||
charset {
|
||||
name ISO8859-1:GL
|
||||
|
|
@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ fs0 {
|
|||
vertical_rotate all
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
fs1 {
|
||||
charset {
|
||||
name ISO8859-13:GR
|
||||
|
|
@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ fs1 {
|
|||
}
|
||||
END XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name ISO8859-13
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
|
|||
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for iso8859-14.
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class
|
||||
fs0 {
|
||||
charset {
|
||||
name ISO8859-1:GL
|
||||
|
|
@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ fs0 {
|
|||
vertical_rotate all
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
fs1 {
|
||||
charset {
|
||||
name ISO8859-14:GR
|
||||
|
|
@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ fs1 {
|
|||
}
|
||||
END XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name ISO8859-14
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -4,14 +4,14 @@ XCOMM then this file will be renamed iso8859-15.
|
|||
XCOMM This file is provided as preliminary support for the Latin-9
|
||||
XCOMM (a.k.a. Latin-0) character set so that Europeans who want
|
||||
XCOMM the Euro currency character can do so.
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class
|
||||
fs0 {
|
||||
charset {
|
||||
name ISO8859-1:GL
|
||||
|
|
@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ fs0 {
|
|||
vertical_rotate all
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
fs1 {
|
||||
charset {
|
||||
name ISO8859-15:GR
|
||||
|
|
@ -33,9 +33,9 @@ fs1 {
|
|||
}
|
||||
END XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name ISO8859-15
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ XCOMM traditional sequences
|
|||
<dead_circumflex> <a> : "\342" acircumflex
|
||||
<dead_circumflex> <i> : "\356" icircumflex
|
||||
<dead_circumflex> <o> : "\364" ocircumflex
|
||||
<dead_circumflex> <u> : "\373" ucircumflex
|
||||
<dead_circumflex> <u> : "\373" ucircumflex
|
||||
<dead_circumflex> <dead_circumflex> : "\136" asciicircum
|
||||
<dead_circumflex> <asciicircum> : "\136" asciicircum
|
||||
<dead_circumflex> <space> : "\136" asciicircum
|
||||
|
|
@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ XCOMM traditional sequences
|
|||
<dead_ogonek> <a> : "\261" aogonek
|
||||
<dead_ogonek> <i> : "\347" iogonek
|
||||
<dead_ogonek> <e> : "\352" eogonek
|
||||
<dead_ogonek> <u> : "\371" uogonek
|
||||
<dead_ogonek> <u> : "\371" uogonek
|
||||
<dead_ogonek> <dead_ogonek> : "\662" ogonek
|
||||
<dead_ogonek> <ogonek> : "\662" ogonek
|
||||
<dead_ogonek> <space> : "\662" ogonek
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
|
|||
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for iso8859-2.
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class
|
||||
fs0 {
|
||||
charset {
|
||||
name ISO8859-1:GL
|
||||
|
|
@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ fs0 {
|
|||
vertical_rotate all
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
fs1 {
|
||||
charset {
|
||||
name ISO8859-2:GR
|
||||
|
|
@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ fs1 {
|
|||
}
|
||||
END XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name ISO8859-2
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
|
|||
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for iso8859-3.
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class
|
||||
fs0 {
|
||||
charset {
|
||||
name ISO8859-1:GL
|
||||
|
|
@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ fs0 {
|
|||
vertical_rotate all
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
fs1 {
|
||||
charset {
|
||||
name ISO8859-3:GR
|
||||
|
|
@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ fs1 {
|
|||
}
|
||||
END XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name ISO8859-3
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
|
|||
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for iso8859-4.
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class
|
||||
fs0 {
|
||||
charset {
|
||||
name ISO8859-1:GL
|
||||
|
|
@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ fs0 {
|
|||
vertical_rotate all
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
fs1 {
|
||||
charset {
|
||||
name ISO8859-4:GR
|
||||
|
|
@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ fs1 {
|
|||
}
|
||||
END XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name ISO8859-4
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
|
|||
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for iso8859-5.
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class
|
||||
fs0 {
|
||||
charset {
|
||||
name ISO8859-1:GL
|
||||
|
|
@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ fs0 {
|
|||
vertical_rotate all
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
fs1 {
|
||||
charset {
|
||||
name ISO8859-5:GR
|
||||
|
|
@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ fs1 {
|
|||
}
|
||||
END XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name ISO8859-5
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
|
|||
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for iso8859-6.
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class
|
||||
fs0 {
|
||||
charset {
|
||||
name ISO8859-1:GL
|
||||
|
|
@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ fs0 {
|
|||
vertical_rotate all
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
fs1 {
|
||||
charset {
|
||||
name ISO8859-6:GR
|
||||
|
|
@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ fs1 {
|
|||
}
|
||||
END XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name ISO8859-6
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
|
|||
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for iso8859-7.
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class
|
||||
fs0 {
|
||||
charset {
|
||||
name ISO8859-1:GL
|
||||
|
|
@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ fs0 {
|
|||
vertical_rotate all
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
fs1 {
|
||||
charset {
|
||||
name ISO8859-7:GR
|
||||
|
|
@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ fs1 {
|
|||
}
|
||||
END XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name ISO8859-7
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
|
|||
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for iso8859-8.
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class
|
||||
fs0 {
|
||||
charset {
|
||||
name ISO8859-1:GL
|
||||
|
|
@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ fs0 {
|
|||
vertical_rotate all
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
fs1 {
|
||||
charset {
|
||||
name ISO8859-8:GR
|
||||
|
|
@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ fs1 {
|
|||
}
|
||||
END XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name ISO8859-8
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
|
|||
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for iso8859-9.
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class
|
||||
fs0 {
|
||||
charset {
|
||||
name ISO8859-1:GL
|
||||
|
|
@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ fs0 {
|
|||
vertical_rotate all
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
fs1 {
|
||||
charset {
|
||||
name ISO8859-9:GR
|
||||
|
|
@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ fs1 {
|
|||
}
|
||||
END XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name ISO8859-9
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
|
|||
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for iso8859-9e.
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class
|
||||
fs0 {
|
||||
charset {
|
||||
name ISO8859-1:GL
|
||||
|
|
@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ fs0 {
|
|||
vertical_rotate all
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
fs1 {
|
||||
charset {
|
||||
name ISO8859-9E:GR
|
||||
|
|
@ -39,9 +39,9 @@ csd0 {
|
|||
}
|
||||
END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name ISO8859-9E
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
|
|||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for ja_JP.jis
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
|
||||
fs0 {
|
||||
|
|
@ -49,9 +49,9 @@ XCOMM }
|
|||
XCOMM }
|
||||
END XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name ja.jis
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
|
|||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for ja_JP.sjis
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
|
||||
fs0 {
|
||||
|
|
@ -50,9 +50,9 @@ XCOMM }
|
|||
XCOMM }
|
||||
END XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name ja.sjis
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
|
|||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for ja_JP.euc
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for ja_JP.euc
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
|
||||
fs0 {
|
||||
|
|
@ -51,9 +51,9 @@ XCOMM }
|
|||
XCOMM }
|
||||
END XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name ja.euc
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
|
|||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
|
||||
on_demand_loading True
|
||||
|
|
@ -87,9 +87,9 @@ fs6 {
|
|||
|
||||
END XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name UTF-8
|
||||
|
|
@ -125,14 +125,14 @@ cs3 {
|
|||
ct_encoding KSC5601.1987-0:GL; KSC5601.1987-0:GR; KSC5601.1987-1:GL; KSC5601.1987-1:GR
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM cs4 class
|
||||
cs4 {
|
||||
side GR
|
||||
length 2
|
||||
ct_encoding GB2312.1980-0:GL; GB2312.1980-0:GR
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM cs5 class
|
||||
cs5 {
|
||||
side GR
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
|
|||
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for ko.
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
|
||||
fs0 {
|
||||
|
|
@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ fs0 {
|
|||
vertical_rotate all
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
fs1 {
|
||||
charset {
|
||||
name KSC5601.1987-0:GL
|
||||
|
|
@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ fs1 {
|
|||
}
|
||||
END XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name ko.euc
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
|||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
|
||||
on_demand_loading True
|
||||
|
|
@ -85,9 +85,9 @@ fs6 {
|
|||
|
||||
END XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name UTF-8
|
||||
|
|
@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ cs2 {
|
|||
ct_encoding KSC5601.1987-0:GL; KSC5601.1987-0:GR; KSC5601.1987-1:GL; KSC5601.1987-1:GR
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM cs3 class
|
||||
cs3 {
|
||||
side GR
|
||||
|
|
@ -123,14 +123,14 @@ cs3 {
|
|||
ct_encoding JISX0208.1983-0:GL; JISX0208.1983-0:GR; JISX0208.1983-1:GL; JISX0208.1983-1:GR
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM cs4 class
|
||||
cs4 {
|
||||
side GR
|
||||
length 2
|
||||
ct_encoding GB2312.1980-0:GL; GB2312.1980-0:GR
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM cs5 class
|
||||
cs5 {
|
||||
side GR
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
|
|||
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for koi8-c.
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
|
||||
fs0 {
|
||||
|
|
@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ fs0 {
|
|||
substitute ISO8859-1:GL
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
fs1 {
|
||||
charset KOI8-C:GR
|
||||
font KOI8-C:GR
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ csd0 {
|
|||
}
|
||||
END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name KOI8-C
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
|
|||
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for koi8-r.
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
|
||||
fs0 {
|
||||
|
|
@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ fs0 {
|
|||
substitute ISO8859-1:GL
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
fs1 {
|
||||
charset KOI8-R:GR
|
||||
font KOI8-R:GR
|
||||
|
|
@ -36,9 +36,9 @@ csd0 {
|
|||
}
|
||||
END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name KOI8-R
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
|
|||
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for koi8-u.
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
|
||||
fs0 {
|
||||
|
|
@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ fs0 {
|
|||
substitute ISO8859-1:GL
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
fs1 {
|
||||
charset KOI8-U:GR
|
||||
font KOI8-U:GR
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ csd0 {
|
|||
}
|
||||
END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name KOI8-U
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1207,7 +1207,7 @@ thai: th_TH.ISO8859-11
|
|||
univ.utf8: en_US.UTF-8
|
||||
XCOMM Digital Unix utf
|
||||
universal.utf8@ucs4: en_US.UTF-8
|
||||
XCOMM Solaris and SunOS have iso_8859_1 and iso_8859_15 LC_CTYPES
|
||||
XCOMM Solaris and SunOS have iso_8859_1 and iso_8859_15 LC_CTYPES
|
||||
XCOMM to augment LANG=C
|
||||
iso_8859_1: en_US.ISO8859-1
|
||||
iso_8859_15: en_US.ISO8859-15
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
|
|||
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for microsoft-cp1251.
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class
|
||||
fs0 {
|
||||
charset {
|
||||
name ISO8859-1:GL
|
||||
|
|
@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ fs0 {
|
|||
vertical_rotate all
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
fs1 {
|
||||
charset {
|
||||
name MICROSOFT-CP1251:GR
|
||||
|
|
@ -40,9 +40,9 @@ csd0 {
|
|||
}
|
||||
END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name MICROSOFT-CP1251
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
|
|||
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for microsoft-cp1255.
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class
|
||||
fs0 {
|
||||
charset {
|
||||
name ISO8859-1:GL
|
||||
|
|
@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ fs0 {
|
|||
vertical_rotate all
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
fs1 {
|
||||
charset {
|
||||
name MICROSOFT-CP1255:GR
|
||||
|
|
@ -40,9 +40,9 @@ csd0 {
|
|||
}
|
||||
END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name MICROSOFT-CP1255
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
|
|||
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for microsoft-cp1256.
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class
|
||||
fs0 {
|
||||
charset {
|
||||
name ISO8859-1:GL
|
||||
|
|
@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ fs0 {
|
|||
vertical_rotate all
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
fs1 {
|
||||
charset {
|
||||
name MICROSOFT-CP1256:GR
|
||||
|
|
@ -40,9 +40,9 @@ csd0 {
|
|||
}
|
||||
END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name MICROSOFT-CP1256
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
|
|||
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for mulelao-1.
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
|
||||
fs0 {
|
||||
|
|
@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ fs0 {
|
|||
substitute ISO8859-1:GL
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
fs1 {
|
||||
charset MULELAO-1:GR
|
||||
font MULELAO-1:GR
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ csd0 {
|
|||
}
|
||||
END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name MULELAO-1
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
|
|||
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for mulelao-1.
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
|
||||
fs0 {
|
||||
|
|
@ -11,11 +11,11 @@ fs0 {
|
|||
name ISO8859-1:GL
|
||||
}
|
||||
font {
|
||||
primary NOKHCHI-1:GL
|
||||
primary NOKHCHI-1:GL
|
||||
substitute ISO8859-1:GL
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
fs1 {
|
||||
charset NOKHCHI-1:GR
|
||||
font NOKHCHI-1:GR
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ csd0 {
|
|||
}
|
||||
END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name NOKHCHI-1
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
|
|||
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for pt_BR.UTF-8
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM Based on XLocale Database Sample for en_US.UTF-8
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
|
||||
on_demand_loading True
|
||||
|
|
@ -80,9 +80,9 @@ fs6 {
|
|||
}
|
||||
END XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name UTF-8
|
||||
|
|
@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ cs1 {
|
|||
length 1
|
||||
ct_encoding ISO8859-1:GR
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM cs2 class
|
||||
cs2 {
|
||||
side GR
|
||||
|
|
@ -118,14 +118,14 @@ cs3 {
|
|||
ct_encoding KSC5601.1987-0:GL; KSC5601.1987-0:GR;\
|
||||
KSC5601.1987-1:GL; KSC5601.1987-1:GR
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM cs4 class
|
||||
cs4 {
|
||||
side GR
|
||||
length 2
|
||||
ct_encoding GB2312.1980-0:GL; GB2312.1980-0:GR
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM cs5 class
|
||||
cs5 {
|
||||
side GR
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
|
|||
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for pt_PT.UTF-8
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM Based on XLocale Database Sample for en_US.UTF-8
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
|
||||
on_demand_loading True
|
||||
|
|
@ -80,9 +80,9 @@ fs6 {
|
|||
}
|
||||
END XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name UTF-8
|
||||
|
|
@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ cs1 {
|
|||
length 1
|
||||
ct_encoding ISO8859-1:GR
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM cs2 class
|
||||
cs2 {
|
||||
side GR
|
||||
|
|
@ -118,14 +118,14 @@ cs3 {
|
|||
ct_encoding KSC5601.1987-0:GL; KSC5601.1987-0:GR;\
|
||||
KSC5601.1987-1:GL; KSC5601.1987-1:GR
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM cs4 class
|
||||
cs4 {
|
||||
side GR
|
||||
length 2
|
||||
ct_encoding GB2312.1980-0:GL; GB2312.1980-0:GR
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM cs5 class
|
||||
cs5 {
|
||||
side GR
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
|
|||
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for tatar-cyr.
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class
|
||||
fs0 {
|
||||
charset {
|
||||
name ISO8859-1:GL
|
||||
|
|
@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ fs0 {
|
|||
vertical_rotate all
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
fs1 {
|
||||
charset {
|
||||
name TATAR-CYR:GR
|
||||
|
|
@ -40,9 +40,9 @@ csd0 {
|
|||
}
|
||||
END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name TATAR-CYR
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ XCOMM
|
|||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM Modified from original th_TH.TACTIS
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class
|
||||
fs0 {
|
||||
|
|
@ -23,16 +23,16 @@ fs1 {
|
|||
charset ISO8859-1:GL
|
||||
font ISO8859-1:GL
|
||||
}
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class (Thai)
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class (Thai)
|
||||
fs2 {
|
||||
charset ISO8859-11:GR
|
||||
font ISO8859-11:GR
|
||||
}
|
||||
END XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name UTF-8
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -3,25 +3,25 @@ XCOMM
|
|||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM Modified from original th_TH.TACTIS
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
|
||||
fs0 {
|
||||
charset ISO8859-1:GL
|
||||
font ISO8859-1:GL
|
||||
}
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class (Thai)
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class (Thai)
|
||||
fs1 {
|
||||
charset ISO8859-11:GR
|
||||
font ISO8859-11:GR
|
||||
}
|
||||
END XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name TIS620
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
|
|||
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for mulelao-1.
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
|
||||
fs0 {
|
||||
|
|
@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ fs0 {
|
|||
substitute ISO8859-1:GL
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
fs1 {
|
||||
charset TSCII-0:GR
|
||||
font TSCII-0:GR
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ csd0 {
|
|||
}
|
||||
END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name TSCII-0
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
|
|||
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for vi_VN.TCVN
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
|
||||
fs0 {
|
||||
|
|
@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ fs0 {
|
|||
substitute ISO8859-1:GL
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
fs1 {
|
||||
charset TCVN-5712:GR
|
||||
font TCVN-5712:GR
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ csd0 {
|
|||
}
|
||||
END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name TCVN-5712
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
|
|||
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for vi_VN.VISCII
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
|
||||
fs0 {
|
||||
|
|
@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ fs0 {
|
|||
substitute ISO8859-1:GL
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs1 class
|
||||
fs1 {
|
||||
charset VISCII1.1-1:GR
|
||||
font VISCII1.1-1:GR
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ csd0 {
|
|||
}
|
||||
END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name VISCII1.1-1
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ XCOMM Modified from xc/nls/XLC_LOCALE/en_US.UTF-8
|
|||
XCOMM by James Su <suzhe@turbolinux.com.cn>
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
|
||||
on_demand_loading True
|
||||
|
|
@ -67,9 +67,9 @@ fs4 {
|
|||
}
|
||||
END XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name UTF-8
|
||||
|
|
@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ cs1 {
|
|||
length 1
|
||||
ct_encoding ISO8859-1:GR
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM cs2 class
|
||||
cs2 {
|
||||
side GR
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2,9 +2,9 @@ XCOMM XFree86 NLS for Chinese encoding GB18030
|
|||
XCOMM Modified from xc/nls/XLC_LOCALE/en_US.UTF-8
|
||||
XCOMM by James Su <suzhe@turbolinux.com.cn>
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
|
||||
on_demand_loading True
|
||||
|
|
@ -67,9 +67,9 @@ fs4 {
|
|||
}
|
||||
END XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name GB18030
|
||||
|
|
@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ cs1 {
|
|||
length 1
|
||||
ct_encoding ISO8859-1:GR
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM cs2 class
|
||||
cs2 {
|
||||
side GR
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
|
|||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM X11R6 L10N for Chinese GBK Encoding.
|
||||
XCOMM modified from xc/nls/XLC_LOCALE/zh_TW.Big5
|
||||
XCOMM by Sean Chen <seanc@turbolinux.com>
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
|
||||
fs0 {
|
||||
|
|
@ -30,9 +30,9 @@ fs1 {
|
|||
}
|
||||
END XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name zh_CN.GBK
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2,9 +2,9 @@ XCOMM XFree86 NLS for Chinese locale zh_HK.UTF-8
|
|||
XCOMM Modified from xc/nls/XLC_LOCALE/en_US.UTF-8
|
||||
XCOMM by James Su <suzhe@turbolinux.com.cn>
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
|
||||
on_demand_loading True
|
||||
|
|
@ -56,9 +56,9 @@ fs3 {
|
|||
}
|
||||
END XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name UTF-8
|
||||
|
|
@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ cs1 {
|
|||
length 1
|
||||
ct_encoding ISO8859-1:GR
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM cs2 class
|
||||
cs2 {
|
||||
side none
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
|
|||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM (c) 1996, X11R6 L10N for Taiwan and Big5 Encoding Project
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM modified for X11R6.3 by Hung-Chi Chu <hcchu@r350.ee.ntu.edu.tw> 1998/01/10
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
|
||||
fs0 {
|
||||
|
|
@ -29,9 +29,9 @@ fs1 {
|
|||
}
|
||||
END XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name zh_HK.Big5
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ XCOMM
|
|||
XCOMM (c) 1996, X11R6 L10N for Taiwan and Big5 Encoding Project
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM modified for X11R6.3 by Hung-Chi Chu <hcchu@r350.ee.ntu.edu.tw> 1998/01/10
|
||||
XCOMM modified for Big5HKSCS by Roger So <roger.so@sw-linux.com>
|
||||
XCOMM modified for Big5HKSCS by Roger So <roger.so@sw-linux.com>
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
|
|||
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for zh_TW.UTF-8
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
|
||||
on_demand_loading True
|
||||
|
|
@ -52,9 +52,9 @@ fs3 {
|
|||
}
|
||||
END XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name UTF-8
|
||||
|
|
@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ cs1 {
|
|||
length 1
|
||||
ct_encoding ISO8859-1:GR
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM cs2 class
|
||||
cs2 {
|
||||
side none
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
|||
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for zh_TW
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM Note: In lib/X11/lcCT.c, charset names for CNS11643 coded character
|
||||
XCOMM sets are defined as CNS11643.1986-1 and -2. In the ECMA Registry,
|
||||
XCOMM CNS coded character sets 1-7 are registered as CNS 11643-1992.
|
||||
|
|
@ -10,9 +10,9 @@ XCOMM X11R6 organization of fsN/csN as it is and only changed "CNS11643-*"
|
|||
XCOMM to "CNS11643.1986-*".
|
||||
XCOMM 1995-10-24 T. Numata (numa@rp.open.cs.fujitsu.co.jp)
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
|
||||
fs0 {
|
||||
|
|
@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ fs2 {
|
|||
primary CNS11643.1986-2:GL
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
XCOMM fs3 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs3 class
|
||||
fs3 {
|
||||
charset {
|
||||
name CNS11643.1986-14:GL
|
||||
|
|
@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ fs3 {
|
|||
primary CNS11643.1986-14:GL
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
XCOMM fs4 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs4 class
|
||||
fs4 {
|
||||
charset {
|
||||
name CNS11643.1986-15:GL
|
||||
|
|
@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ fs4 {
|
|||
primary CNS11643.1986-15:GL
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
XCOMM fs5 class
|
||||
XCOMM fs5 class
|
||||
fs5 {
|
||||
charset {
|
||||
name CNS11643.1986-16:GL
|
||||
|
|
@ -71,9 +71,9 @@ fs5 {
|
|||
}
|
||||
END XLC_FONTSET
|
||||
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XCOMM
|
||||
XLC_XLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
encoding_name zh_TW.euc
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ which makes various channels usable such as X protocol or TCP/IP, DECnet and etc
|
|||
<legalnotice>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this documentation for any purpose
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this documentation for any purpose
|
||||
and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice and
|
||||
this permission notice appear in all copies.
|
||||
Fujitsu makes no representations about the suitability for any purpose of the
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
|
|
@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
|
|||
<appendix id="compatibility_functions">
|
||||
<title>Compatibility Functions</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The X Version 11 and X Version 10 functions discussed in this appendix
|
||||
The X Version 11 and X Version 10 functions discussed in this appendix
|
||||
are obsolete, have been superseded by newer X Version 11 functions,
|
||||
and are maintained for compatibility reasons only.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -15,19 +15,19 @@ You can use the X Version 11 compatibility functions to:
|
|||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Set standard properties
|
||||
Set standard properties
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Set and get window sizing hints
|
||||
Set and get window sizing hints
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Set and get an
|
||||
<structname>XStandardColormap</structname>
|
||||
structure
|
||||
structure
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -50,8 +50,8 @@ use
|
|||
<xref linkend='XSetStandardProperties' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
This function has been superseded by
|
||||
<xref linkend='XSetWMProperties' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
and sets all or portions of the
|
||||
<property>WM_NAME</property>, <property>WM_ICON_NAME</property>, <property>WM_HINTS</property>, <property>WM_COMMAND</property>,
|
||||
and sets all or portions of the
|
||||
<property>WM_NAME</property>, <property>WM_ICON_NAME</property>, <property>WM_HINTS</property>, <property>WM_COMMAND</property>,
|
||||
and <property>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</property> properties.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetStandardProperties</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -163,8 +163,8 @@ The
|
|||
function provides a means by which simple applications set the
|
||||
most essential properties with a single call.
|
||||
<xref linkend='XSetStandardProperties' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
should be used to give a window manager some information about
|
||||
your program's preferences.
|
||||
should be used to give a window manager some information about
|
||||
your program's preferences.
|
||||
It should not be used by applications that need
|
||||
to communicate more information than is possible with
|
||||
<xref linkend='XSetStandardProperties' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
|
|
@ -256,20 +256,20 @@ Applications use
|
|||
<xref linkend='XSetNormalHints' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
to inform the window manager of the size
|
||||
or position desirable for that window.
|
||||
In addition,
|
||||
In addition,
|
||||
an application that wants to move or resize itself should call
|
||||
<xref linkend='XSetNormalHints' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
and specify its new desired location and size
|
||||
as well as making direct Xlib calls to move or resize.
|
||||
as well as making direct Xlib calls to move or resize.
|
||||
This is because window managers may ignore redirected
|
||||
configure requests, but they pay attention to property changes.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To set size hints,
|
||||
To set size hints,
|
||||
an application not only must assign values to the appropriate members
|
||||
in the hints structure but also must set the flags member of the structure
|
||||
to indicate which information is present and where it came from.
|
||||
in the hints structure but also must set the flags member of the structure
|
||||
to indicate which information is present and where it came from.
|
||||
A call to
|
||||
<xref linkend='XSetNormalHints' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
is meaningless, unless the flags member is set to indicate which members of
|
||||
|
|
@ -665,7 +665,7 @@ or zero otherwise.
|
|||
<xref linkend='XGetSizeHints' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>
|
||||
and
|
||||
and
|
||||
<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -673,7 +673,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<sect2 id="Getting_and_Setting_an_XStandardColormap_Structure">
|
||||
<title>Getting and Setting an XStandardColormap Structure</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
To get the
|
||||
To get the
|
||||
<structname>XStandardColormap</structname>
|
||||
structure associated with one of the described atoms, use
|
||||
<xref linkend='XGetStandardColormap' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
|
|
@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<sect2 id="Parsing_Window_Geometry">
|
||||
<title>Parsing Window Geometry</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
To parse window geometry given a user-specified position
|
||||
To parse window geometry given a user-specified position
|
||||
and a default position, use
|
||||
<xref linkend='XGeometry' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
This function has been superseded by
|
||||
|
|
@ -1032,9 +1032,9 @@ a window using a geometry specification as specified by
|
|||
<xref linkend='XParseGeometry' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
and the additional information about the window.
|
||||
Given a fully qualified default geometry specification and
|
||||
an incomplete geometry specification,
|
||||
an incomplete geometry specification,
|
||||
<xref linkend='XParseGeometry' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
returns a bitmask value as defined above in the
|
||||
returns a bitmask value as defined above in the
|
||||
<xref linkend='XParseGeometry' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
call,
|
||||
by using the position argument.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1055,7 +1055,7 @@ geometry specifications.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
The
|
||||
<xref linkend='XGetDefault' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
function provides a primitive interface to the resource manager facilities
|
||||
function provides a primitive interface to the resource manager facilities
|
||||
discussed in <link linkend='Resource_Manager_Functions'>chapter 15</link>.
|
||||
It is only useful in very simple applications.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1089,7 +1089,7 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the program name for the Xlib defaults (usually argv[0]
|
||||
Specifies the program name for the Xlib defaults (usually argv[0]
|
||||
of the main program).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1125,11 +1125,11 @@ are owned by Xlib and should not be modified or freed by the client.
|
|||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
If a database has been set with
|
||||
If a database has been set with
|
||||
<xref linkend='XrmSetDatabase' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
|
||||
that database is used for the lookup.
|
||||
Otherwise, a database is created
|
||||
and is set in the display (as if by calling
|
||||
and is set in the display (as if by calling
|
||||
<xref linkend='XrmSetDatabase' xrefstyle='select: title'/>).
|
||||
The database is created in the current locale.
|
||||
To create a database,
|
||||
|
|
@ -1179,11 +1179,11 @@ Associate user data with a value
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
Xlib provides functions that you can use to draw or fill
|
||||
arbitrary polygons or curves.
|
||||
These functions are provided mainly for compatibility with X Version 10
|
||||
and have no server support.
|
||||
That is, they call other Xlib functions, not the server directly.
|
||||
Thus, if you just have straight lines to draw, using
|
||||
arbitrary polygons or curves.
|
||||
These functions are provided mainly for compatibility with X Version 10
|
||||
and have no server support.
|
||||
That is, they call other Xlib functions, not the server directly.
|
||||
Thus, if you just have straight lines to draw, using
|
||||
<xref linkend='XDrawLines' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>XDrawLines</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
or
|
||||
|
|
@ -1193,8 +1193,8 @@ is much faster.
|
|||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
The functions discussed here provide all the functionality of the
|
||||
X Version 10 functions
|
||||
The functions discussed here provide all the functionality of the
|
||||
X Version 10 functions
|
||||
<xref linkend='XDraw' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
|
||||
<indexterm ><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDraw</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<xref linkend='XDrawFilled' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
|
||||
|
|
@ -1206,35 +1206,35 @@ X Version 10 functions
|
|||
and
|
||||
<function>XDrawTiled</function>.
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDrawTiled</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
They are as compatible as possible given X Version 11's new line-drawing
|
||||
functions.
|
||||
They are as compatible as possible given X Version 11's new line-drawing
|
||||
functions.
|
||||
One thing to note, however, is that
|
||||
<function>VertexDrawLastPoint</function>
|
||||
is no longer supported.
|
||||
Also, the error status returned is the opposite of what it was under
|
||||
X Version 10 (this is the X Version 11 standard error status).
|
||||
is no longer supported.
|
||||
Also, the error status returned is the opposite of what it was under
|
||||
X Version 10 (this is the X Version 11 standard error status).
|
||||
<function>XAppendVertex</function>
|
||||
and
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>XClearVertexFlag</function>
|
||||
from X Version 10 also are not supported.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
Just how the graphics context you use is set up actually
|
||||
determines whether you get dashes or not, and so on.
|
||||
determines whether you get dashes or not, and so on.
|
||||
Lines are properly joined if they connect and include
|
||||
the closing of a closed figure (see
|
||||
the closing of a closed figure (see
|
||||
<xref linkend='XDrawLines' xrefstyle='select: title'/>).
|
||||
The functions discussed here fail (return zero) only if they run out of memory
|
||||
or are passed a
|
||||
or are passed a
|
||||
<structname>Vertex</structname>
|
||||
list that has a
|
||||
list that has a
|
||||
<structname>Vertex</structname>
|
||||
with
|
||||
with
|
||||
<symbol>VertexStartClosed</symbol>
|
||||
set that is not followed by a
|
||||
set that is not followed by a
|
||||
<structname>Vertex</structname>
|
||||
with
|
||||
with
|
||||
<symbol>VertexEndClosed</symbol>
|
||||
set.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1246,7 +1246,7 @@ To achieve the effects of the X Version 10
|
|||
<indexterm ><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDraw</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<function>XDrawDashed</function>,
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDrawDashed</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
and
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>XDrawPatterned</function>,
|
||||
<indexterm ><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDrawPatterned</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
use
|
||||
|
|
@ -1285,7 +1285,7 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the drawable.
|
||||
Specifies the drawable.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1325,7 +1325,7 @@ Specifies how many vertices are in vlist.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
The
|
||||
<xref linkend='XDraw' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
function draws an arbitrary polygon or curve.
|
||||
function draws an arbitrary polygon or curve.
|
||||
The figure drawn is defined by the specified list of vertices (vlist).
|
||||
The points are connected by lines as specified in the flags in the
|
||||
vertex structure.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1345,17 +1345,17 @@ typedef struct _Vertex {
|
|||
unsigned short flags;
|
||||
} Vertex;
|
||||
</synopsis>
|
||||
The x and y members are the coordinates of the vertex
|
||||
that are relative to either the upper left inside corner of the drawable
|
||||
(if
|
||||
The x and y members are the coordinates of the vertex
|
||||
that are relative to either the upper left inside corner of the drawable
|
||||
(if
|
||||
<symbol>VertexRelative</symbol>
|
||||
is zero) or the previous vertex (if
|
||||
is zero) or the previous vertex (if
|
||||
<symbol>VertexRelative</symbol>
|
||||
is one).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
The flags, as defined in
|
||||
The flags, as defined in
|
||||
<filename class="headerfile"><X11/X10.h></filename>,
|
||||
<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/X10.h</filename></primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile"><X11/X10.h></filename></secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1379,10 +1379,10 @@ VertexEndClosed 0x0010 /* else not */
|
|||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If
|
||||
If
|
||||
<symbol>VertexRelative</symbol>
|
||||
is not set,
|
||||
the coordinates are absolute (that is, relative to the drawable's origin).
|
||||
is not set,
|
||||
the coordinates are absolute (that is, relative to the drawable's origin).
|
||||
The first vertex must be an absolute vertex.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1390,50 +1390,50 @@ The first vertex must be an absolute vertex.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
If
|
||||
<symbol>VertexDontDraw</symbol>
|
||||
is one,
|
||||
no line or curve is drawn from the previous vertex to this one.
|
||||
This is analogous to picking up the pen and moving to another place
|
||||
is one,
|
||||
no line or curve is drawn from the previous vertex to this one.
|
||||
This is analogous to picking up the pen and moving to another place
|
||||
before drawing another line.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If
|
||||
If
|
||||
<symbol>VertexCurved</symbol>
|
||||
is one,
|
||||
is one,
|
||||
a spline algorithm is used to draw a smooth curve from the previous vertex
|
||||
through this one to the next vertex.
|
||||
Otherwise, a straight line is drawn from the previous vertex to this one.
|
||||
It makes sense to set
|
||||
through this one to the next vertex.
|
||||
Otherwise, a straight line is drawn from the previous vertex to this one.
|
||||
It makes sense to set
|
||||
<symbol>VertexCurved</symbol>
|
||||
to one only if a previous and next vertex are both defined
|
||||
(either explicitly in the array or through the definition of a closed
|
||||
(either explicitly in the array or through the definition of a closed
|
||||
curve).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
It is permissible for
|
||||
It is permissible for
|
||||
<symbol>VertexDontDraw</symbol>
|
||||
bits and
|
||||
bits and
|
||||
<symbol>VertexCurved</symbol>
|
||||
bits both to be one.
|
||||
bits both to be one.
|
||||
This is useful if you want to define the previous point for the smooth curve
|
||||
but do not want an actual curve drawing to start until this point.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If
|
||||
If
|
||||
<symbol>VertexStartClosed</symbol>
|
||||
is one,
|
||||
then this point marks the beginning of a closed curve.
|
||||
This vertex must be followed later in the array by another vertex
|
||||
is one,
|
||||
then this point marks the beginning of a closed curve.
|
||||
This vertex must be followed later in the array by another vertex
|
||||
whose effective coordinates are identical
|
||||
and that has a
|
||||
<symbol>VertexEndClosed</symbol>
|
||||
bit of one.
|
||||
The points in between form a cycle to determine predecessor
|
||||
The points in between form a cycle to determine predecessor
|
||||
and successor vertices for the spline algorithm.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1445,7 +1445,7 @@ This function uses these GC components:
|
|||
function, plane-mask, line-width, line-style, cap-style, join-style,
|
||||
fill-style, subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin, and
|
||||
clip-mask.
|
||||
It also uses these GC mode-dependent components:
|
||||
It also uses these GC mode-dependent components:
|
||||
foreground, background, tile, stipple,
|
||||
tile-stipple-x-origin, tile-stipple-y-origin, dash-offset, and dash-list.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1455,7 +1455,7 @@ tile-stipple-x-origin, tile-stipple-y-origin, dash-offset, and dash-list.
|
|||
To achieve the effects of the X Version 10
|
||||
<function>XDrawTiled</function>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDrawTiled</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
and
|
||||
and
|
||||
<xref linkend='XDrawFilled' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDrawFilled</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
use
|
||||
|
|
@ -1492,7 +1492,7 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the drawable.
|
||||
Specifies the drawable.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1541,9 +1541,9 @@ This function uses these GC components:
|
|||
function, plane-mask, line-width, line-style, cap-style, join-style,
|
||||
fill-style, subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin, and
|
||||
clip-mask.
|
||||
It also uses these GC mode-dependent components:
|
||||
It also uses these GC mode-dependent components:
|
||||
foreground, background, tile, stipple,
|
||||
tile-stipple-x-origin, tile-stipple-y-origin,
|
||||
tile-stipple-x-origin, tile-stipple-y-origin,
|
||||
dash-offset, dash-list, fill-style, and fill-rule.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1554,7 +1554,7 @@ dash-offset, dash-list, fill-style, and fill-rule.
|
|||
These functions have been superseded by the context management functions
|
||||
(see <link linkend="Using_the_Context_Manager">section 16.10</link>).
|
||||
It is often necessary to associate arbitrary information with resource IDs.
|
||||
Xlib provides the
|
||||
Xlib provides the
|
||||
<function>XAssocTable</function>
|
||||
functions that you can use to make such an association.
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Hash Lookup</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1562,7 +1562,7 @@ functions that you can use to make such an association.
|
|||
<indexterm><primary>Resource IDs</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
Application programs often need to be able to easily refer to
|
||||
their own data structures when an event arrives.
|
||||
The
|
||||
The
|
||||
<function>XAssocTable</function>
|
||||
system provides users of the X library with a method
|
||||
for associating their own data structures with X resources
|
||||
|
|
@ -1573,12 +1573,12 @@ and so on).
|
|||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
An
|
||||
An
|
||||
<function>XAssocTable</function>
|
||||
can be used to type X resources.
|
||||
can be used to type X resources.
|
||||
For example, the user
|
||||
may want to have three or four types of windows,
|
||||
each with different properties.
|
||||
each with different properties.
|
||||
This can be accomplished by associating each X window ID
|
||||
with a pointer to a window property data structure defined by the
|
||||
user.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1601,7 +1601,7 @@ All XIDs are relative to the specified display.
|
|||
Because of the hashing scheme used by the association mechanism,
|
||||
the following rules for determining the size of a
|
||||
<function>XAssocTable</function>
|
||||
should be followed.
|
||||
should be followed.
|
||||
Associations will be made and looked up more
|
||||
efficiently if the table size (number of buckets in the hashing
|
||||
system) is a power of two and if there are not more than 8 XIDs per
|
||||
|
|
@ -1615,7 +1615,7 @@ bucket.
|
|||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To return a pointer to a new
|
||||
<function>XAssocTable</function>,
|
||||
use
|
||||
use
|
||||
<xref linkend='XCreateAssocTable' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreateAssocTable</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -1644,7 +1644,7 @@ Specifies the number of buckets in the hash system of
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
The size argument specifies the number of buckets in the
|
||||
The size argument specifies the number of buckets in the
|
||||
hash system of
|
||||
<function>XAssocTable</function>.
|
||||
For reasons of efficiency the number of buckets
|
||||
|
|
@ -1653,15 +1653,15 @@ Some size suggestions might be: use 32 buckets per 100 objects,
|
|||
and a reasonable maximum number of objects per buckets is 8.
|
||||
If an error allocating memory for the
|
||||
<function>XAssocTable</function>
|
||||
occurs,
|
||||
a NULL pointer is returned.
|
||||
occurs,
|
||||
a NULL pointer is returned.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To create an entry in a given
|
||||
To create an entry in a given
|
||||
<function>XAssocTable</function>,
|
||||
use
|
||||
use
|
||||
<xref linkend='XMakeAssoc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMakeAssoc</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -1693,7 +1693,7 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the assoc table.
|
||||
Specifies the assoc table.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1723,20 +1723,20 @@ Specifies the data to be associated with the X resource ID.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
The
|
||||
<xref linkend='XMakeAssoc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
function inserts data into an
|
||||
function inserts data into an
|
||||
<function>XAssocTable</function>
|
||||
keyed on an XID.
|
||||
Data is inserted into the table only once.
|
||||
Redundant inserts are ignored.
|
||||
The queue in each association bucket is sorted from the lowest XID to
|
||||
The queue in each association bucket is sorted from the lowest XID to
|
||||
the highest XID.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To obtain data from a given
|
||||
To obtain data from a given
|
||||
<function>XAssocTable</function>,
|
||||
use
|
||||
use
|
||||
<xref linkend='XLookUpAssoc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XLookUpAssoc</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1767,7 +1767,7 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the assoc table.
|
||||
Specifies the assoc table.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1787,9 +1787,9 @@ Specifies the X resource ID.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
The
|
||||
<xref linkend='XLookUpAssoc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
function retrieves the data stored in an
|
||||
function retrieves the data stored in an
|
||||
<function>XAssocTable</function>
|
||||
by its XID.
|
||||
by its XID.
|
||||
If an appropriately matching XID can be found in the table,
|
||||
<xref linkend='XLookUpAssoc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
returns the data associated with it.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1799,9 +1799,9 @@ it returns NULL.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To delete an entry from a given
|
||||
To delete an entry from a given
|
||||
<function>XAssocTable</function>,
|
||||
use
|
||||
use
|
||||
<xref linkend='XDeleteAssoc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDeleteAssoc</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1832,7 +1832,7 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the assoc table.
|
||||
Specifies the assoc table.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1852,7 +1852,7 @@ Specifies the X resource ID.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
The
|
||||
<xref linkend='XDeleteAssoc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
function deletes an association in an
|
||||
function deletes an association in an
|
||||
<function>XAssocTable</function>
|
||||
keyed on its XID.
|
||||
Redundant deletes (and deletes of nonexistent XIDs) are ignored.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1862,9 +1862,9 @@ Deleting associations in no way impairs the performance of an
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To free the memory associated with a given
|
||||
To free the memory associated with a given
|
||||
<function>XAssocTable</function>,
|
||||
use
|
||||
use
|
||||
<xref linkend='XDestroyAssocTable' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDestroyAssocTable</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1883,7 +1883,7 @@ use
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the assoc table.
|
||||
Specifies the assoc table.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -81,8 +81,8 @@ To open a connection to the X server that controls a display, use
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the hardware display name, which determines the display
|
||||
and communications domain to be used.
|
||||
On a <acronym>POSIX</acronym>-conformant system, if the display_name is NULL,
|
||||
it defaults to the value of the DISPLAY environment variable.
|
||||
On a <acronym>POSIX</acronym>-conformant system, if the display_name is NULL,
|
||||
it defaults to the value of the DISPLAY environment variable.
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Environment</primary><secondary>DISPLAY</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -112,9 +112,9 @@ the display name or DISPLAY environment variable can be a string in the format:
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies a protocol family or an alias for a protocol family. Supported
|
||||
protocol families are implementation dependent. The protocol entry is
|
||||
optional. If protocol is not specified, the / separating protocol and
|
||||
Specifies a protocol family or an alias for a protocol family. Supported
|
||||
protocol families are implementation dependent. The protocol entry is
|
||||
optional. If protocol is not specified, the / separating protocol and
|
||||
hostname must also not be specified.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -154,9 +154,9 @@ Multiple displays are usually numbered starting with zero.
|
|||
Specifies the screen to be used on that server.
|
||||
Multiple screens can be controlled by a single X server.
|
||||
The screen_number sets an internal variable that can be accessed by
|
||||
using the
|
||||
using the
|
||||
<function>DefaultScreen</function>
|
||||
macro or the
|
||||
macro or the
|
||||
<xref linkend='XDefaultScreen' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
function if you are using languages other than C
|
||||
(see <link linkend='Display_Macros'>section 2.2.1</link>).
|
||||
|
|
@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ function if you are using languages other than C
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
For example, the following would specify screen 1 of display 0 on the
|
||||
For example, the following would specify screen 1 of display 0 on the
|
||||
machine named ``dual-headed'':
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ dual-headed:0.1
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
The
|
||||
<xref linkend='XOpenDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
function returns a
|
||||
function returns a
|
||||
<type>Display</type>
|
||||
structure that serves as the
|
||||
connection to the X server and that contains all the information
|
||||
|
|
@ -212,24 +212,24 @@ mechanisms.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Display</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
If successful,
|
||||
If successful,
|
||||
<xref linkend='XOpenDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
returns a pointer to a
|
||||
returns a pointer to a
|
||||
<type>Display</type>
|
||||
structure,
|
||||
which is defined in
|
||||
which is defined in
|
||||
<filename class="headerfile"><X11/Xlib.h></filename>.
|
||||
<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xlib.h</filename></primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile"><X11/Xlib.h></filename></secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile"><X11/Xlib.h></filename></secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
If
|
||||
If
|
||||
<xref linkend='XOpenDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
does not succeed, it returns NULL.
|
||||
After a successful call to
|
||||
<xref linkend='XOpenDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
|
||||
all of the screens in the display can be used by the client.
|
||||
The screen number specified in the display_name argument is returned
|
||||
by the
|
||||
The screen number specified in the display_name argument is returned
|
||||
by the
|
||||
<function>DefaultScreen</function>
|
||||
macro (or the
|
||||
<xref linkend='XDefaultScreen' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
|
|
@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ You can access elements of the
|
|||
and
|
||||
<type>Screen</type>
|
||||
structures only by using the information macros or functions.
|
||||
For information about using macros and functions to obtain information from
|
||||
For information about using macros and functions to obtain information from
|
||||
the
|
||||
<type>Display</type>
|
||||
structure,
|
||||
|
|
@ -258,11 +258,11 @@ X servers may implement various types of access control mechanisms
|
|||
<!-- .XE -->
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
The Xlib library provides a number of useful macros
|
||||
and corresponding functions that return data from the
|
||||
The Xlib library provides a number of useful macros
|
||||
and corresponding functions that return data from the
|
||||
<type>Display</type>
|
||||
structure.
|
||||
The macros are used for C programming,
|
||||
The macros are used for C programming,
|
||||
and their corresponding function equivalents are for other language bindings.
|
||||
This section discusses the:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -286,11 +286,11 @@ Screen information macros
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<indexterm ><primary>Display</primary><secondary>data structure</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
All other members of the
|
||||
All other members of the
|
||||
<type>Display</type>
|
||||
structure (that is, those for which no macros are defined) are private to Xlib
|
||||
structure (that is, those for which no macros are defined) are private to Xlib
|
||||
and must not be used.
|
||||
Applications must never directly modify or inspect these private members of the
|
||||
Applications must never directly modify or inspect these private members of the
|
||||
<type>Display</type>
|
||||
structure.
|
||||
<!-- .NT Note -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ The
|
|||
and
|
||||
<xref linkend='XDisplayHeightMM' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
functions in the next sections are misnamed.
|
||||
These functions really should be named Screen<emphasis remap='I'>whatever</emphasis>
|
||||
These functions really should be named Screen<emphasis remap='I'>whatever</emphasis>
|
||||
and XScreen<emphasis remap='I'>whatever</emphasis>, not Display<emphasis remap='I'>whatever</emphasis> or XDisplay<emphasis remap='I'>whatever</emphasis>.
|
||||
Our apologies for the resulting confusion.
|
||||
<!-- .NE -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -351,14 +351,14 @@ a procedure.
|
|||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XBlackPixel</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>WhitePixel</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XWhitePixel</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
Both
|
||||
Both
|
||||
<function>BlackPixel</function>
|
||||
and
|
||||
and
|
||||
<function>WhitePixel</function>
|
||||
can be used in implementing a monochrome application.
|
||||
These pixel values are for permanently allocated entries in the default
|
||||
colormap.
|
||||
The actual <acronym>RGB</acronym> (red, green, and blue) values are settable on some screens
|
||||
The actual <acronym>RGB</acronym> (red, green, and blue) values are settable on some screens
|
||||
and, in any case, may not actually be black or white.
|
||||
The names are intended to convey the expected relative intensity of the colors.
|
||||
<!-- .sM -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
Both return the white pixel value for the specified screen.
|
||||
Both return the white pixel value for the specified screen.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ Returns the number of depths.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
The
|
||||
<function>XListDepths</function>
|
||||
function returns the array of depths
|
||||
function returns the array of depths
|
||||
that are available on the specified screen.
|
||||
If the specified screen_number is valid and sufficient memory for the array
|
||||
can be allocated,
|
||||
|
|
@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DefaultGC</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDefaultGC</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
Both return the default graphics context for the root window of the
|
||||
Both return the default graphics context for the root window of the
|
||||
specified screen.
|
||||
This GC is created for the convenience of simple applications
|
||||
and contains the default GC components with the foreground and
|
||||
|
|
@ -873,10 +873,10 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DefaultScreen</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDefaultScreen</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
Both return the default screen number referenced by the
|
||||
Both return the default screen number referenced by the
|
||||
<xref linkend='XOpenDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
function.
|
||||
This macro or function should be used to retrieve the screen number
|
||||
function.
|
||||
This macro or function should be used to retrieve the screen number
|
||||
in applications that will use only a single screen.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1065,16 +1065,16 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DisplayString</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDisplayString</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
Both return the string that was passed to
|
||||
Both return the string that was passed to
|
||||
<xref linkend='XOpenDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
when the current display was opened.
|
||||
when the current display was opened.
|
||||
On <acronym>POSIX</acronym>-conformant systems,
|
||||
if the passed string was NULL, these return the value of
|
||||
the DISPLAY environment variable when the current display was opened.
|
||||
<indexterm><primary><acronym>POSIX</acronym> System Call</primary><secondary>fork</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
These are useful to applications that invoke the
|
||||
These are useful to applications that invoke the
|
||||
<function>fork</function>
|
||||
system call and want to open a new connection to the same display from the
|
||||
system call and want to open a new connection to the same display from the
|
||||
child process as well as for printing error messages.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1174,7 +1174,7 @@ as necessary for the following functions:
|
|||
<xref linkend='XDrawSegments' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
|
||||
<xref linkend='XFillArcs' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
|
||||
<xref linkend='XFillRectangles' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
and
|
||||
<xref linkend='XPutImage' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1291,7 +1291,7 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>ProtocolVersion</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XProtocolVersion</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
Both return the major version number (11) of the X protocol associated with
|
||||
Both return the major version number (11) of the X protocol associated with
|
||||
the connected display.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1669,12 +1669,12 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>ImageByteOrder</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XImageByteOrder</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
Both specify the required byte order for images for each scanline unit in
|
||||
XY format (bitmap) or for each pixel value in
|
||||
Both specify the required byte order for images for each scanline unit in
|
||||
XY format (bitmap) or for each pixel value in
|
||||
Z format.
|
||||
The macro or function can return either
|
||||
<symbol>LSBFirst</symbol>
|
||||
or
|
||||
or
|
||||
<symbol>MSBFirst</symbol>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1753,9 +1753,9 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
|
|||
Within each bitmap unit, the left-most bit in the bitmap as displayed
|
||||
on the screen is either the least significant or most significant bit in the
|
||||
unit.
|
||||
This macro or function can return
|
||||
This macro or function can return
|
||||
<symbol>LSBFirst</symbol>
|
||||
or
|
||||
or
|
||||
<symbol>MSBFirst</symbol>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2032,7 +2032,7 @@ structure.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the appropriate
|
||||
Specifies the appropriate
|
||||
<type>Screen</type>
|
||||
structure.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2071,7 +2071,7 @@ Both return the black pixel value of the specified screen.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the appropriate
|
||||
Specifies the appropriate
|
||||
<type>Screen</type>
|
||||
structure.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2110,7 +2110,7 @@ Both return the white pixel value of the specified screen.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the appropriate
|
||||
Specifies the appropriate
|
||||
<type>Screen</type>
|
||||
structure.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2122,7 +2122,7 @@ structure.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>CellsOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCellsOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
Both return the number of colormap cells in the default colormap
|
||||
Both return the number of colormap cells in the default colormap
|
||||
of the specified screen.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2150,7 +2150,7 @@ of the specified screen.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the appropriate
|
||||
Specifies the appropriate
|
||||
<type>Screen</type>
|
||||
structure.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2189,7 +2189,7 @@ Both return the default colormap of the specified screen.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the appropriate
|
||||
Specifies the appropriate
|
||||
<type>Screen</type>
|
||||
structure.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2228,7 +2228,7 @@ Both return the depth of the root window.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the appropriate
|
||||
Specifies the appropriate
|
||||
<type>Screen</type>
|
||||
structure.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2269,7 +2269,7 @@ The GC must never be freed.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the appropriate
|
||||
Specifies the appropriate
|
||||
<type>Screen</type>
|
||||
structure.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2310,7 +2310,7 @@ see <link linkend="Visual_Types">section 3.1</link>.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the appropriate
|
||||
Specifies the appropriate
|
||||
<type>Screen</type>
|
||||
structure.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2324,7 +2324,7 @@ structure.
|
|||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDoesBackingStore</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
Both return a value indicating whether the screen supports backing
|
||||
stores.
|
||||
The value returned can be one of
|
||||
The value returned can be one of
|
||||
<symbol>WhenMapped</symbol>,
|
||||
<symbol>NotUseful</symbol>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
|
|
@ -2356,7 +2356,7 @@ or
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the appropriate
|
||||
Specifies the appropriate
|
||||
<type>Screen</type>
|
||||
structure.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2403,7 +2403,7 @@ the screen does not support save unders
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the appropriate
|
||||
Specifies the appropriate
|
||||
<type>Screen</type>
|
||||
structure.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2443,7 +2443,7 @@ Both return the display of the specified screen.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the appropriate
|
||||
Specifies the appropriate
|
||||
<type>Screen</type>
|
||||
structure.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2482,7 +2482,7 @@ function returns the screen index number of the specified screen.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the appropriate
|
||||
Specifies the appropriate
|
||||
<type>Screen</type>
|
||||
structure.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2522,7 +2522,7 @@ at connection setup time.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the appropriate
|
||||
Specifies the appropriate
|
||||
<type>Screen</type>
|
||||
structure.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2561,7 +2561,7 @@ Both return the width of the specified screen in pixels.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the appropriate
|
||||
Specifies the appropriate
|
||||
<type>Screen</type>
|
||||
structure.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2600,7 +2600,7 @@ Both return the height of the specified screen in pixels.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the appropriate
|
||||
Specifies the appropriate
|
||||
<type>Screen</type>
|
||||
structure.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2639,7 +2639,7 @@ Both return the width of the specified screen in millimeters.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the appropriate
|
||||
Specifies the appropriate
|
||||
<type>Screen</type>
|
||||
structure.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2678,7 +2678,7 @@ Both return the height of the specified screen in millimeters.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the appropriate
|
||||
Specifies the appropriate
|
||||
<type>Screen</type>
|
||||
structure.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2690,7 +2690,7 @@ structure.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>MaxCmapsOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMaxCmapsOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
Both return the maximum number of installed colormaps supported
|
||||
Both return the maximum number of installed colormaps supported
|
||||
by the specified screen
|
||||
(see <link linkend="Managing_Installed_Colormaps">section 9.3</link>).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2719,7 +2719,7 @@ by the specified screen
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the appropriate
|
||||
Specifies the appropriate
|
||||
<type>Screen</type>
|
||||
structure.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2731,7 +2731,7 @@ structure.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>MinCmapsOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMinCmapsOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
Both return the minimum number of installed colormaps supported
|
||||
Both return the minimum number of installed colormaps supported
|
||||
by the specified screen
|
||||
(see <link linkend="Managing_Installed_Colormaps">section 9.3</link>).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2760,7 +2760,7 @@ by the specified screen
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the appropriate
|
||||
Specifies the appropriate
|
||||
<type>Screen</type>
|
||||
structure.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2799,7 +2799,7 @@ Both return the depth of the root window.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the appropriate
|
||||
Specifies the appropriate
|
||||
<type>Screen</type>
|
||||
structure.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2822,7 +2822,7 @@ Both return the root window of the specified screen.
|
|||
<!-- .XE -->
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To execute a
|
||||
To execute a
|
||||
<systemitem>NoOperation</systemitem>
|
||||
protocol request, use
|
||||
<xref linkend='XNoOp' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2849,7 +2849,7 @@ protocol request, use
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
The
|
||||
<xref linkend='XNoOp' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
function sends a
|
||||
function sends a
|
||||
<systemitem>NoOperation</systemitem>
|
||||
protocol request to the X server,
|
||||
thereby exercising the connection.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2952,7 +2952,7 @@ or other resources that the client has created
|
|||
on this display, unless the close-down mode of the client has been changed
|
||||
(see
|
||||
<xref linkend='XSetCloseDownMode' xrefstyle='select: title'/>).
|
||||
Therefore, these windows, resource IDs, and other resources should never be
|
||||
Therefore, these windows, resource IDs, and other resources should never be
|
||||
referenced again or an error will be generated.
|
||||
Before exiting, you should call
|
||||
<function>XCloseDisplay</function>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3007,7 +3007,7 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the client close-down mode.
|
||||
You can pass
|
||||
You can pass
|
||||
<symbol>DestroyAll</symbol>,
|
||||
<symbol>RetainPermanent</symbol>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
|
|
@ -3057,7 +3057,7 @@ automatic operations:
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
It disowns all selections owned by the client
|
||||
(see
|
||||
(see
|
||||
<xref linkend='XSetSelectionOwner' xrefstyle='select: title'/>).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3067,7 +3067,7 @@ It performs an
|
|||
<xref linkend='XUngrabPointer' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<xref linkend='XUngrabKeyboard' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
if the client has actively grabbed the pointer
|
||||
if the client has actively grabbed the pointer
|
||||
or the keyboard.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3080,19 +3080,19 @@ if the client has grabbed the server.
|
|||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
It releases all passive grabs made by the client.
|
||||
It releases all passive grabs made by the client.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
It marks all resources (including colormap entries) allocated
|
||||
by the client either as permanent or temporary,
|
||||
depending on whether the close-down mode is
|
||||
It marks all resources (including colormap entries) allocated
|
||||
by the client either as permanent or temporary,
|
||||
depending on whether the close-down mode is
|
||||
<symbol>RetainPermanent</symbol>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<symbol>RetainTemporary</symbol>.
|
||||
However, this does not prevent other client applications from explicitly
|
||||
destroying the resources (see
|
||||
destroying the resources (see
|
||||
<xref linkend='XSetCloseDownMode' xrefstyle='select: title'/>).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3122,7 +3122,7 @@ window.
|
|||
It performs a
|
||||
<systemitem>MapWindow</systemitem>
|
||||
request on the save-set window if the save-set window is unmapped.
|
||||
The X server does this even if the save-set window was not an inferior of
|
||||
The X server does this even if the save-set window was not an inferior of
|
||||
a window created by the client.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3134,12 +3134,12 @@ It destroys all windows created by the client.
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
It performs the appropriate free request on each nonwindow resource created by
|
||||
the client in the server (for example,
|
||||
the client in the server (for example,
|
||||
<type>Font</type>,
|
||||
<type>Pixmap</type>,
|
||||
<type>Cursor</type>,
|
||||
<type>Colormap</type>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
and
|
||||
<type>GContext</type>).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3157,15 +3157,15 @@ connections.
|
|||
When the last connection to the X server closes as a result of a connection
|
||||
closing with the close_mode of
|
||||
<symbol>DestroyAll</symbol>,
|
||||
the X server does the following:
|
||||
the X server does the following:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
It resets its state as if it had just been
|
||||
started.
|
||||
started.
|
||||
The X server begins by destroying all lingering resources from
|
||||
clients that have terminated in
|
||||
clients that have terminated in
|
||||
<symbol>RetainPermanent</symbol>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<symbol>RetainTemporary</symbol>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3185,8 +3185,8 @@ It deletes all properties on all root windows
|
|||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
It resets all device maps and attributes
|
||||
(for example, key click, bell volume, and acceleration)
|
||||
It resets all device maps and attributes
|
||||
(for example, key click, bell volume, and acceleration)
|
||||
as well as the access control list.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
|
|
@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ information functions to:
|
|||
<!-- .XE -->
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
Xlib provides functions that you can use to obtain information about
|
||||
the window tree, the window's current attributes,
|
||||
Xlib provides functions that you can use to obtain information about
|
||||
the window tree, the window's current attributes,
|
||||
the window's current geometry, or the current pointer coordinates.
|
||||
Because they are most frequently used by window managers,
|
||||
these functions all return a status to indicate whether the window still
|
||||
|
|
@ -33,8 +33,8 @@ exists.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To obtain the parent, a list of children, and number of children for
|
||||
a given window, use
|
||||
To obtain the parent, a list of children, and number of children for
|
||||
a given window, use
|
||||
<xref linkend='XQueryTree' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Child Window</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -121,15 +121,15 @@ Returns the number of children.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
The
|
||||
<xref linkend='XQueryTree' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
function returns the root ID, the parent window ID,
|
||||
function returns the root ID, the parent window ID,
|
||||
a pointer to the list of children windows
|
||||
(NULL when there are no children),
|
||||
(NULL when there are no children),
|
||||
and the number of children in the list for the specified window.
|
||||
The children are listed in current stacking order, from bottom-most
|
||||
The children are listed in current stacking order, from bottom-most
|
||||
(first) to top-most (last).
|
||||
<xref linkend='XQueryTree' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
returns zero if it fails and nonzero if it succeeds.
|
||||
To free a non-NULL children list when it is no longer needed, use
|
||||
To free a non-NULL children list when it is no longer needed, use
|
||||
<xref linkend='XFree' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ error.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To obtain the current attributes of a given window, use
|
||||
To obtain the current attributes of a given window, use
|
||||
<xref linkend='XGetWindowAttributes' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetWindowAttributes</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -236,10 +236,10 @@ typedef struct {
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
The x and y members are set to the upper-left outer
|
||||
corner relative to the parent window's origin.
|
||||
The width and height members are set to the inside size of the window,
|
||||
The width and height members are set to the inside size of the window,
|
||||
not including the border.
|
||||
The border_width member is set to the window's border width in pixels.
|
||||
The depth member is set to the depth of the window
|
||||
The depth member is set to the depth of the window
|
||||
(that is, bits per pixel for the object).
|
||||
The visual member is a pointer to the screen's associated
|
||||
<structname>Visual</structname>
|
||||
|
|
@ -294,29 +294,29 @@ see <link linkend="Gravity_Attributes">section 3.2.3</link>.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
The backing_store member is set to indicate how the X server should maintain
|
||||
the contents of a window
|
||||
and can be
|
||||
the contents of a window
|
||||
and can be
|
||||
<symbol>WhenMapped</symbol>,
|
||||
<symbol>Always</symbol>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
<symbol>NotUseful</symbol>.
|
||||
The backing_planes member is set to indicate (with bits set to 1) which bit
|
||||
planes of the window hold dynamic data that must be preserved in backing_stores
|
||||
The backing_planes member is set to indicate (with bits set to 1) which bit
|
||||
planes of the window hold dynamic data that must be preserved in backing_stores
|
||||
and during save_unders.
|
||||
The backing_pixel member is set to indicate what values to use
|
||||
The backing_pixel member is set to indicate what values to use
|
||||
for planes not set in backing_planes.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
The save_under member is set to
|
||||
The save_under member is set to
|
||||
<symbol>True</symbol>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<symbol>False</symbol>.
|
||||
The colormap member is set to the colormap for the specified window and can be
|
||||
a colormap ID or
|
||||
a colormap ID or
|
||||
<symbol>None</symbol>.
|
||||
The map_installed member is set to indicate whether the colormap is
|
||||
currently installed and can be
|
||||
The map_installed member is set to indicate whether the colormap is
|
||||
currently installed and can be
|
||||
<symbol>True</symbol>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<symbol>False</symbol>.
|
||||
|
|
@ -330,17 +330,17 @@ is used if the window is mapped but some ancestor is unmapped.
|
|||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
The all_event_masks member is set to the bitwise inclusive OR of all event
|
||||
The all_event_masks member is set to the bitwise inclusive OR of all event
|
||||
masks selected on the window by all clients.
|
||||
The your_event_mask member is set to the bitwise inclusive OR of all event
|
||||
The your_event_mask member is set to the bitwise inclusive OR of all event
|
||||
masks selected by the querying client.
|
||||
The do_not_propagate_mask member is set to the bitwise inclusive OR of the
|
||||
The do_not_propagate_mask member is set to the bitwise inclusive OR of the
|
||||
set of events that should not propagate.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
The override_redirect member is set to indicate whether this window overrides
|
||||
structure control facilities and can be
|
||||
structure control facilities and can be
|
||||
<symbol>True</symbol>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<symbol>False</symbol>.
|
||||
|
|
@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ Window manager clients should ignore the window if this member is
|
|||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
The screen member is set to a screen pointer that gives you a back pointer
|
||||
The screen member is set to a screen pointer that gives you a back pointer
|
||||
to the correct screen.
|
||||
This makes it easier to obtain the screen information without
|
||||
having to loop over the root window fields to see which field matches.
|
||||
|
|
@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To obtain the current geometry of a given drawable, use
|
||||
To obtain the current geometry of a given drawable, use
|
||||
<xref linkend='XGetGeometry' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetGeometry</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ Returns the root window.
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Return the x and y coordinates that define the location of the drawable.
|
||||
For a window,
|
||||
For a window,
|
||||
these coordinates specify the upper-left outer corner relative to
|
||||
its parent's origin.
|
||||
For pixmaps, these coordinates are always zero.
|
||||
|
|
@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ For pixmaps, these coordinates are always zero.
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Return the drawable's dimensions (width and height).
|
||||
For a window,
|
||||
For a window,
|
||||
these dimensions specify the inside size, not including the border.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ these dimensions specify the inside size, not including the border.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Returns the border width in pixels.
|
||||
Returns the border width in pixels.
|
||||
If the drawable is a pixmap, it returns zero.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -640,12 +640,12 @@ If
|
|||
returns
|
||||
<symbol>True</symbol>,
|
||||
it takes the src_x and src_y coordinates relative
|
||||
to the source window's origin and returns these coordinates to
|
||||
to the source window's origin and returns these coordinates to
|
||||
dest_x_return and dest_y_return
|
||||
relative to the destination window's origin.
|
||||
If
|
||||
<xref linkend='XTranslateCoordinates' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
returns
|
||||
returns
|
||||
<symbol>False</symbol>,
|
||||
src_w and dest_w are on different screens,
|
||||
and dest_x_return and dest_y_return are zero.
|
||||
|
|
@ -665,7 +665,7 @@ error.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To obtain the screen coordinates of the pointer
|
||||
or to determine the pointer coordinates relative to a specified window, use
|
||||
or to determine the pointer coordinates relative to a specified window, use
|
||||
<xref linkend='XQueryPointer' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryPointer</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -788,20 +788,20 @@ function returns the root window the pointer is logically on and the pointer
|
|||
coordinates relative to the root window's origin.
|
||||
If
|
||||
<xref linkend='XQueryPointer' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
returns
|
||||
returns
|
||||
<symbol>False</symbol>,
|
||||
the pointer is not on the same screen as the specified window, and
|
||||
<xref linkend='XQueryPointer' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
returns
|
||||
returns
|
||||
<symbol>None</symbol>
|
||||
to child_return and zero to win_x_return and win_y_return.
|
||||
If
|
||||
If
|
||||
<xref linkend='XQueryPointer' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
returns
|
||||
returns
|
||||
<symbol>True</symbol>,
|
||||
the pointer coordinates returned to win_x_return and win_y_return
|
||||
are relative to the origin of the specified window.
|
||||
In this case,
|
||||
In this case,
|
||||
<xref linkend='XQueryPointer' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
returns the child that contains the pointer, if any,
|
||||
or else
|
||||
|
|
@ -811,10 +811,10 @@ to child_return.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<xref linkend='XQueryPointer' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
returns the current logical state of the keyboard buttons
|
||||
returns the current logical state of the keyboard buttons
|
||||
and the modifier keys in mask_return.
|
||||
It sets mask_return to the bitwise inclusive OR of one or more
|
||||
of the button or modifier key bitmasks to match
|
||||
of the button or modifier key bitmasks to match
|
||||
the current state of the mouse buttons and the modifier keys.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -846,7 +846,7 @@ define any other arbitrary information and associate it with windows.
|
|||
Each property has a name,
|
||||
which is an ISO Latin-1 string.
|
||||
For each named property,
|
||||
a unique identifier (atom) is associated with it.
|
||||
a unique identifier (atom) is associated with it.
|
||||
A property also has a type, for example, string or integer.
|
||||
These types are also indicated using atoms, so arbitrary new
|
||||
types can be defined.
|
||||
|
|
@ -867,7 +867,7 @@ quantities, or 32-bit quantities.
|
|||
This permits the X server to present the data in the byte order that the
|
||||
client expects.
|
||||
<!-- .NT Note -->
|
||||
If you define further properties of complex type,
|
||||
If you define further properties of complex type,
|
||||
you must encode and decode them yourself.
|
||||
These functions must be carefully written if they are to be portable.
|
||||
For further information about how to write a library extension,
|
||||
|
|
@ -881,12 +881,12 @@ arbitrary extension in this type scheme.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
Certain property names are
|
||||
predefined in the server for commonly used functions.
|
||||
The atoms for these properties are defined in
|
||||
The atoms for these properties are defined in
|
||||
<filename class="headerfile"><X11/Xatom.h></filename>.
|
||||
<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xatom.h</filename></primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile"><X11/Xatom.h></filename></secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile"><X11/Xatom.h></filename></secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
To avoid name clashes with user symbols, the
|
||||
To avoid name clashes with user symbols, the
|
||||
<code>#define</code>
|
||||
name for each atom has the XA_ prefix.
|
||||
For an explanation of the functions that let you get and set
|
||||
|
|
@ -904,14 +904,14 @@ and the <olink targetdoc='xlfd' targetptr='xlfd'><citetitle>X Logical Font Descr
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
You can use properties to communicate other information between
|
||||
applications.
|
||||
The functions described in this section let you define new properties
|
||||
The functions described in this section let you define new properties
|
||||
and get the unique atom IDs in your applications.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
Although any particular atom can have some client interpretation
|
||||
within each of the name spaces,
|
||||
atoms occur in five distinct name spaces within the protocol:
|
||||
Although any particular atom can have some client interpretation
|
||||
within each of the name spaces,
|
||||
atoms occur in five distinct name spaces within the protocol:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -931,12 +931,12 @@ Property types
|
|||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Font properties
|
||||
Font properties
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Type of a
|
||||
Type of a
|
||||
<symbol>ClientMessage</symbol>
|
||||
event (none are built into the X server)
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -955,7 +955,7 @@ The built-in selection property names are:
|
|||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
The built-in property names are:
|
||||
The built-in property names are:
|
||||
<simplelist type="vert" columns="2">
|
||||
<member><property>CUT_BUFFER0</property></member>
|
||||
<member><property>CUT_BUFFER1</property></member>
|
||||
|
|
@ -989,7 +989,7 @@ The built-in property names are:
|
|||
</simplelist>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The built-in property types are:
|
||||
The built-in property types are:
|
||||
<simplelist type="vert" columns="2">
|
||||
<member><property>ARC</property></member>
|
||||
<member><property>ATOM</property></member>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1012,7 +1012,7 @@ The built-in property types are:
|
|||
</simplelist>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The built-in font property names are:
|
||||
The built-in font property names are:
|
||||
<simplelist type="vert" columns="2">
|
||||
<member><property>MIN_SPACE</property></member>
|
||||
<member><property>NORM_SPACE</property></member>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@ see <link linkend="Font_Metrics">section 8.5</link>.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To return an atom for a given name, use
|
||||
To return an atom for a given name, use
|
||||
<xref linkend='XInternAtom' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Atom</primary><secondary>interning</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1103,18 +1103,18 @@ The
|
|||
<xref linkend='XInternAtom' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
function returns the atom identifier associated with the specified atom_name
|
||||
string.
|
||||
If only_if_exists is
|
||||
If only_if_exists is
|
||||
<symbol>False</symbol>,
|
||||
the atom is created if it does not exist.
|
||||
Therefore,
|
||||
<xref linkend='XInternAtom' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
can return
|
||||
<symbol>None</symbol>.
|
||||
If the atom name is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,
|
||||
If the atom name is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,
|
||||
the result is implementation-dependent.
|
||||
Uppercase and lowercase matter;
|
||||
the strings ``thing'', ``Thing'', and ``thinG''
|
||||
all designate different atoms.
|
||||
the strings ``thing'', ``Thing'', and ``thinG''
|
||||
all designate different atoms.
|
||||
The atom will remain defined even after the client's connection closes.
|
||||
It will become undefined only when the last connection to
|
||||
the X server closes.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To return atoms for an array of names, use
|
||||
To return atoms for an array of names, use
|
||||
<xref linkend='XInternAtoms' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Atom</primary><secondary>interning</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1231,7 +1231,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To return a name for a given atom identifier, use
|
||||
To return a name for a given atom identifier, use
|
||||
<xref linkend='XGetAtomName' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Atom</primary><secondary>getting name</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1290,7 +1290,7 @@ error.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To return the names for an array of atom identifiers, use
|
||||
To return the names for an array of atom identifiers, use
|
||||
<xref linkend='XGetAtomNames' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Atom</primary><secondary>getting name</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1396,7 +1396,7 @@ is used to represent 32-bit quantities.
|
|||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
Xlib provides functions that you can use to obtain,
|
||||
Xlib provides functions that you can use to obtain,
|
||||
change, update, or interchange window properties.
|
||||
In addition, Xlib provides other utility functions for inter-client
|
||||
communication
|
||||
|
|
@ -1405,7 +1405,7 @@ communication
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To obtain the type, format, and value of a property of a given window, use
|
||||
To obtain the type, format, and value of a property of a given window, use
|
||||
<xref linkend='XGetWindowProperty' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>getting</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1467,7 +1467,7 @@ Specifies the property name.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the offset in the specified property (in 32-bit quantities)
|
||||
Specifies the offset in the specified property (in 32-bit quantities)
|
||||
where the data is to be retrieved.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1529,7 +1529,7 @@ Returns the actual format of the property.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Returns the actual number of 8-bit, 16-bit, or 32-bit items
|
||||
Returns the actual number of 8-bit, 16-bit, or 32-bit items
|
||||
stored in the prop_return data.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1540,7 +1540,7 @@ stored in the prop_return data.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Returns the number of bytes remaining to be read in the property if
|
||||
Returns the number of bytes remaining to be read in the property if
|
||||
a partial read was performed.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1572,9 +1572,9 @@ sets the return arguments as follows:
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
If the specified property does not exist for the specified window,
|
||||
<xref linkend='XGetWindowProperty' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
returns
|
||||
returns
|
||||
<symbol>None</symbol>
|
||||
to actual_type_return and the value zero to
|
||||
to actual_type_return and the value zero to
|
||||
actual_format_return and bytes_after_return.
|
||||
The nitems_return argument is empty.
|
||||
In this case, the delete argument is ignored.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1582,13 +1582,13 @@ In this case, the delete argument is ignored.
|
|||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If the specified property exists
|
||||
If the specified property exists
|
||||
but its type does not match the specified type,
|
||||
<xref linkend='XGetWindowProperty' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
returns the actual property type to actual_type_return,
|
||||
the actual property format (never zero) to actual_format_return,
|
||||
returns the actual property type to actual_type_return,
|
||||
the actual property format (never zero) to actual_format_return,
|
||||
and the property length in bytes
|
||||
(even if the actual_format_return is 16 or 32)
|
||||
(even if the actual_format_return is 16 or 32)
|
||||
to bytes_after_return.
|
||||
It also ignores the delete argument.
|
||||
The nitems_return argument is empty.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1596,13 +1596,13 @@ The nitems_return argument is empty.
|
|||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If the specified property exists and either you assign
|
||||
If the specified property exists and either you assign
|
||||
<symbol>AnyPropertyType</symbol>
|
||||
to the req_type argument or the specified type matches the actual property type,
|
||||
<xref linkend='XGetWindowProperty' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
returns the actual property type to actual_type_return and the actual
|
||||
property format (never zero) to actual_format_return.
|
||||
It also returns a value to bytes_after_return and nitems_return, by
|
||||
property format (never zero) to actual_format_return.
|
||||
It also returns a value to bytes_after_return and nitems_return, by
|
||||
defining the following
|
||||
values:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1626,8 +1626,8 @@ from zero), and its length in bytes is L.
|
|||
If the value for long_offset causes L to be negative,
|
||||
a
|
||||
<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
|
||||
error results.
|
||||
The value of bytes_after_return is A,
|
||||
error results.
|
||||
The value of bytes_after_return is A,
|
||||
giving the number of trailing unread bytes in the stored property.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1647,19 +1647,19 @@ array and should be cast to that type to obtain the elements.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<xref linkend='XGetWindowProperty' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
always allocates one extra byte in prop_return
|
||||
(even if the property is zero length)
|
||||
always allocates one extra byte in prop_return
|
||||
(even if the property is zero length)
|
||||
and sets it to zero so that simple properties consisting of characters
|
||||
do not have to be copied into yet another string before use.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
If delete is
|
||||
If delete is
|
||||
<symbol>True</symbol>
|
||||
and bytes_after_return is zero,
|
||||
and bytes_after_return is zero,
|
||||
<xref linkend='XGetWindowProperty' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
deletes the property
|
||||
from the window and generates a
|
||||
deletes the property
|
||||
from the window and generates a
|
||||
<symbol>PropertyNotify</symbol>
|
||||
event on the window.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1685,7 +1685,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To obtain a given window's property list, use
|
||||
To obtain a given window's property list, use
|
||||
<xref linkend='XListProperties' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>listing</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1737,7 +1737,7 @@ Returns the length of the properties array.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
The
|
||||
<xref linkend='XListProperties' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
function returns a pointer to an array of atom properties that are defined for
|
||||
function returns a pointer to an array of atom properties that are defined for
|
||||
the specified window or returns NULL if no properties were found.
|
||||
To free the memory allocated by this function, use
|
||||
<xref linkend='XFree' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1816,7 +1816,7 @@ Specifies the property name.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the type of the property.
|
||||
The X server does not interpret the type but simply
|
||||
passes it back to an application that later calls
|
||||
passes it back to an application that later calls
|
||||
<xref linkend='XGetWindowProperty' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1834,7 +1834,7 @@ This information allows the X server to correctly perform
|
|||
byte-swap operations as necessary.
|
||||
If the format is 16-bit or 32-bit,
|
||||
you must explicitly cast your data pointer to an (unsigned char *) in the call
|
||||
to
|
||||
to
|
||||
<xref linkend='XChangeProperty' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
<!-- .\" Changed name of this file to prop_mode.a on 1/13/87 -->
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1910,7 +1910,7 @@ The type and format must match the existing property value,
|
|||
or a
|
||||
<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
|
||||
error results.
|
||||
If the property is undefined,
|
||||
If the property is undefined,
|
||||
it is treated as defined with the correct type and
|
||||
format with zero-length data.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2034,25 +2034,25 @@ function allows you to rotate properties on a window and causes
|
|||
the X server to generate
|
||||
<symbol>PropertyNotify</symbol>
|
||||
events.
|
||||
If the property names in the properties array are viewed as being numbered
|
||||
If the property names in the properties array are viewed as being numbered
|
||||
starting from zero and if there are num_prop property names in the list,
|
||||
then the value associated with property name I becomes the value associated
|
||||
then the value associated with property name I becomes the value associated
|
||||
with property name (I + npositions) mod N for all I from zero to N − 1.
|
||||
The effect is to rotate the states by npositions places around the virtual ring
|
||||
of property names (right for positive npositions,
|
||||
of property names (right for positive npositions,
|
||||
left for negative npositions).
|
||||
If npositions mod N is nonzero,
|
||||
the X server generates a
|
||||
<symbol>PropertyNotify</symbol>
|
||||
event for each property in the order that they are listed in the array.
|
||||
If an atom occurs more than once in the list or no property with that
|
||||
If an atom occurs more than once in the list or no property with that
|
||||
name is defined for the window,
|
||||
a
|
||||
a
|
||||
<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
|
||||
error results.
|
||||
If a
|
||||
If a
|
||||
<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>
|
||||
or
|
||||
or
|
||||
<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
|
||||
error results,
|
||||
no properties are changed.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2070,7 +2070,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To delete a property on a given window, use
|
||||
To delete a property on a given window, use
|
||||
<xref linkend='XDeleteProperty' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>deleting</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2153,8 +2153,8 @@ the type of the data.
|
|||
A selection can be thought of as an indirect property with a dynamic type.
|
||||
That is, rather than having the property stored in the X server,
|
||||
the property is maintained by some client (the owner).
|
||||
A selection is global in nature (considered to belong to the user
|
||||
but be maintained by clients) rather than being private to a particular
|
||||
A selection is global in nature (considered to belong to the user
|
||||
but be maintained by clients) rather than being private to a particular
|
||||
window subhierarchy or a particular set of clients.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2162,7 +2162,7 @@ window subhierarchy or a particular set of clients.
|
|||
Xlib provides functions that you can use to set, get, or request conversion
|
||||
of selections.
|
||||
This allows applications to implement the notion of current selection,
|
||||
which requires that notification be sent to applications when they no
|
||||
which requires that notification be sent to applications when they no
|
||||
longer own the selection.
|
||||
Applications that support selection often highlight the current selection
|
||||
and so must be informed when another application has
|
||||
|
|
@ -2181,7 +2181,7 @@ whether the contents of the image should be sent in XY format or Z format.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
The target type can also be used to control the class of
|
||||
contents transmitted, for example,
|
||||
contents transmitted, for example,
|
||||
asking for the ``looks'' (fonts, line
|
||||
spacing, indentation, and so forth) of a paragraph selection, not the
|
||||
text of the paragraph.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2192,7 +2192,7 @@ The protocol does not constrain the semantics.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To set the selection owner, use
|
||||
To set the selection owner, use
|
||||
<xref linkend='XSetSelectionOwner' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Selection</primary><secondary>setting the owner</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2261,7 +2261,7 @@ The
|
|||
<xref linkend='XSetSelectionOwner' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
function changes the owner and last-change time for the specified selection
|
||||
and has no effect if the specified time is earlier than the current
|
||||
last-change time of the specified selection
|
||||
last-change time of the specified selection
|
||||
or is later than the current X server time.
|
||||
Otherwise, the last-change time is set to the specified time,
|
||||
with
|
||||
|
|
@ -2269,7 +2269,7 @@ with
|
|||
replaced by the current server time.
|
||||
If the owner window is specified as
|
||||
<symbol>None</symbol>,
|
||||
then the owner of the selection becomes
|
||||
then the owner of the selection becomes
|
||||
<symbol>None</symbol>
|
||||
(that is, no owner).
|
||||
Otherwise, the owner of the selection becomes the client executing
|
||||
|
|
@ -2283,7 +2283,7 @@ is not
|
|||
the same as the current owner of the selection and the current
|
||||
owner is not
|
||||
<symbol>None</symbol>,
|
||||
the current owner is sent a
|
||||
the current owner is sent a
|
||||
<symbol>SelectionClear</symbol>
|
||||
event.
|
||||
If the client that is the owner of a selection is later
|
||||
|
|
@ -2296,7 +2296,7 @@ reverts to
|
|||
but the last-change time is not affected.
|
||||
The selection atom is uninterpreted by the X server.
|
||||
<xref linkend='XGetSelectionOwner' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
returns the owner window, which is reported in
|
||||
returns the owner window, which is reported in
|
||||
<symbol>SelectionRequest</symbol>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<symbol>SelectionClear</symbol>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2315,7 +2315,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To return the selection owner, use
|
||||
To return the selection owner, use
|
||||
<xref linkend='XGetSelectionOwner' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Selection</primary><secondary>getting the owner</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2376,7 +2376,7 @@ error.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To request conversion of a selection, use
|
||||
To request conversion of a selection, use
|
||||
<xref linkend='XConvertSelection' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Selection</primary><secondary>converting</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2432,7 +2432,7 @@ Specifies the target atom.
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the property name.
|
||||
You also can pass
|
||||
You also can pass
|
||||
<symbol>None</symbol>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
Pixmaps can only be used on the screen on which they were created.
|
||||
Pixmaps are off-screen resources that are used for various operations,
|
||||
such as defining cursors as tiling patterns
|
||||
such as defining cursors as tiling patterns
|
||||
or as the source for certain raster operations.
|
||||
Most graphics requests can operate either on a window or on a pixmap.
|
||||
A bitmap is a single bit-plane pixmap.
|
||||
|
|
@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies which screen the pixmap is created on.
|
||||
Specifies which screen the pixmap is created on.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -96,11 +96,11 @@ The
|
|||
<xref linkend='XCreatePixmap' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
function creates a pixmap of the width, height, and depth you specified
|
||||
and returns a pixmap ID that identifies it.
|
||||
It is valid to pass an
|
||||
It is valid to pass an
|
||||
<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>
|
||||
window to the drawable argument.
|
||||
The width and height arguments must be nonzero,
|
||||
or a
|
||||
or a
|
||||
<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
|
||||
error results.
|
||||
The depth argument must be one of the depths supported by the screen
|
||||
|
|
@ -192,15 +192,15 @@ error.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
Each window can have a different cursor defined for it.
|
||||
Whenever the pointer is in a visible window,
|
||||
Whenever the pointer is in a visible window,
|
||||
it is set to the cursor defined for that window.
|
||||
If no cursor was defined for that window,
|
||||
If no cursor was defined for that window,
|
||||
the cursor is the one defined for the parent window.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
From X's perspective,
|
||||
a cursor consists of a cursor source, mask, colors, and a hotspot.
|
||||
From X's perspective,
|
||||
a cursor consists of a cursor source, mask, colors, and a hotspot.
|
||||
The mask pixmap determines the shape of the cursor and must be a depth
|
||||
of one.
|
||||
The source pixmap must have a depth of one,
|
||||
|
|
@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ and the colors determine the colors of the source.
|
|||
The hotspot defines the point on the cursor that is reported
|
||||
when a pointer event occurs.
|
||||
There may be limitations imposed by the hardware on
|
||||
cursors as to size and whether a mask is implemented.
|
||||
cursors as to size and whether a mask is implemented.
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>XQueryBestCursor</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<xref linkend='XQueryBestCursor' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
can be used to find out what sizes are possible.
|
||||
|
|
@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ Specifies the character glyph for the source.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the glyph character for the mask.
|
||||
Specifies the glyph character for the mask.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ Specifies the glyph character for the mask.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values for the foreground of the source.
|
||||
Specifies the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values for the foreground of the source.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -389,33 +389,33 @@ The
|
|||
<xref linkend='XCreateGlyphCursor' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
function is similar to
|
||||
<xref linkend='XCreatePixmapCursor' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
except that the source and mask bitmaps are obtained from the specified
|
||||
except that the source and mask bitmaps are obtained from the specified
|
||||
font glyphs.
|
||||
The source_char must be a defined glyph in source_font,
|
||||
The source_char must be a defined glyph in source_font,
|
||||
or a
|
||||
<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
|
||||
error results.
|
||||
If mask_font is given,
|
||||
If mask_font is given,
|
||||
mask_char must be a defined glyph in mask_font,
|
||||
or a
|
||||
<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
|
||||
error results.
|
||||
The mask_font and character are optional.
|
||||
The origins of the source_char and mask_char (if defined) glyphs are
|
||||
positioned coincidently and define the hotspot.
|
||||
The source_char and mask_char need not have the same bounding box metrics,
|
||||
positioned coincidently and define the hotspot.
|
||||
The source_char and mask_char need not have the same bounding box metrics,
|
||||
and there is no restriction on the placement of the hotspot relative to the bounding
|
||||
boxes.
|
||||
boxes.
|
||||
If no mask_char is given, all pixels of the source are displayed.
|
||||
You can free the fonts immediately by calling
|
||||
<xref linkend='XFreeFont' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
if no further explicit references to them are to be made.
|
||||
if no further explicit references to them are to be made.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
For 2-byte matrix fonts,
|
||||
For 2-byte matrix fonts,
|
||||
the 16-bit value should be formed with the byte1
|
||||
member in the most significant byte and the byte2 member in the
|
||||
member in the most significant byte and the byte2 member in the
|
||||
least significant byte.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ Specifies the cursor's source bits to be displayed or
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values for the foreground of the source.
|
||||
Specifies the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values for the foreground of the source.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -541,15 +541,15 @@ or
|
|||
screen.
|
||||
The foreground color is used for the pixels set to 1 in the
|
||||
source, and the background color is used for the pixels set to 0.
|
||||
Both source and mask, if specified, must have depth one (or a
|
||||
Both source and mask, if specified, must have depth one (or a
|
||||
<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
|
||||
error results) but can have any root.
|
||||
The mask argument defines the shape of the cursor.
|
||||
The pixels set to 1 in the mask define which source pixels are displayed,
|
||||
and the pixels set to 0 define which pixels are ignored.
|
||||
If no mask is given,
|
||||
If no mask is given,
|
||||
all pixels of the source are displayed.
|
||||
The mask, if present, must be the same size as the pixmap defined by the
|
||||
The mask, if present, must be the same size as the pixmap defined by the
|
||||
source argument, or a
|
||||
<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
|
||||
error results.
|
||||
|
|
@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ information for.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Return the best width and height that is closest to the specified width
|
||||
Return the best width and height that is closest to the specified width
|
||||
and height.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -718,7 +718,7 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the cursor.
|
||||
Specifies the cursor.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -728,7 +728,7 @@ Specifies the cursor.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values for the foreground of the source.
|
||||
Specifies the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values for the foreground of the source.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -795,7 +795,7 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the cursor.
|
||||
Specifies the cursor.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -805,7 +805,7 @@ Specifies the cursor.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
The
|
||||
<xref linkend='XFreeCursor' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
function deletes the association between the cursor resource ID
|
||||
function deletes the association between the cursor resource ID
|
||||
and the specified cursor.
|
||||
The cursor storage is freed when no other resource references it.
|
||||
The specified cursor ID should not be referred to again.
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
|
|
@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ The contents of a GC are private to Xlib.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
Xlib implements a write-back cache for all elements of a GC that are not
|
||||
resource IDs to allow Xlib to implement the transparent coalescing of changes
|
||||
resource IDs to allow Xlib to implement the transparent coalescing of changes
|
||||
to GCs.
|
||||
For example,
|
||||
a call to
|
||||
|
|
@ -51,11 +51,11 @@ a call to
|
|||
of a GC followed by a call to
|
||||
<xref linkend='XSetLineAttributes' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
results in only a single-change GC protocol request to the server.
|
||||
GCs are neither expected nor encouraged to be shared between client
|
||||
GCs are neither expected nor encouraged to be shared between client
|
||||
applications, so this write-back caching should present no problems.
|
||||
Applications cannot share GCs without external synchronization.
|
||||
Therefore,
|
||||
sharing GCs between applications is highly discouraged.
|
||||
sharing GCs between applications is highly discouraged.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
|
|
@ -260,14 +260,14 @@ to be useful in a window.
|
|||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Source</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Destination</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
The function attributes of a GC are used when you update a section of
|
||||
a drawable (the destination) with bits from somewhere else (the source).
|
||||
a drawable (the destination) with bits from somewhere else (the source).
|
||||
The function in a GC defines how the new destination bits are to be
|
||||
computed from the source bits and the old destination bits.
|
||||
<symbol>GXcopy</symbol>
|
||||
is typically the most useful because it will work on a color display,
|
||||
but special applications may use other functions,
|
||||
particularly in concert with particular planes of a color display.
|
||||
The 16 GC functions, defined in
|
||||
The 16 GC functions, defined in
|
||||
<filename class="headerfile"><X11/X.h></filename>,
|
||||
<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/X.h</filename></primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile"><X11/X.h></filename></secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -391,9 +391,9 @@ significant bits in the plane mask.
|
|||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
In graphics operations, given a source and destination pixel,
|
||||
In graphics operations, given a source and destination pixel,
|
||||
the result is computed bitwise on corresponding bits of the pixels.
|
||||
That is, a Boolean operation is performed in each bit plane.
|
||||
That is, a Boolean operation is performed in each bit plane.
|
||||
The plane_mask restricts the operation to a subset of planes.
|
||||
A macro constant
|
||||
<symbol>AllPlanes</symbol>
|
||||
|
|
@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ If the center of the pixel is exactly on the bounding box,
|
|||
it is part of the line if and only if the interior is immediately to its right
|
||||
(x increasing direction).
|
||||
Pixels with centers on a horizontal edge are a special case and are part of
|
||||
the line if and only if the interior or the boundary is immediately below
|
||||
the line if and only if the interior or the boundary is immediately below
|
||||
(y increasing direction) and the interior or the boundary is immediately
|
||||
to the right (x increasing direction).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -450,21 +450,21 @@ to the right (x increasing direction).
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
Thin lines (zero line-width) are one-pixel-wide lines drawn using an
|
||||
unspecified, device-dependent algorithm.
|
||||
There are only two constraints on this algorithm.
|
||||
There are only two constraints on this algorithm.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If a line is drawn unclipped from [x1,y1] to [x2,y2] and
|
||||
if another line is drawn unclipped from [x1+dx,y1+dy] to [x2+dx,y2+dy],
|
||||
a point [x,y] is touched by drawing the first line
|
||||
a point [x,y] is touched by drawing the first line
|
||||
if and only if the point [x+dx,y+dy] is touched by drawing the second line.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The effective set of points comprising a line cannot be affected by clipping.
|
||||
That is, a point is touched in a clipped line if and only if the point
|
||||
That is, a point is touched in a clipped line if and only if the point
|
||||
lies inside the clipping region and the point would be touched
|
||||
by the line when drawn unclipped.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -472,10 +472,10 @@ by the line when drawn unclipped.
|
|||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
A wide line drawn from [x1,y1] to [x2,y2] always draws the same pixels
|
||||
as a wide line drawn from [x2,y2] to [x1,y1], not counting cap-style
|
||||
A wide line drawn from [x1,y1] to [x2,y2] always draws the same pixels
|
||||
as a wide line drawn from [x2,y2] to [x1,y1], not counting cap-style
|
||||
and join-style.
|
||||
It is recommended that this property be true for thin lines,
|
||||
It is recommended that this property be true for thin lines,
|
||||
but this is not required.
|
||||
A line-width of zero may differ from a line-width of one in which pixels are
|
||||
drawn.
|
||||
|
|
@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ wide lines.
|
|||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
In general,
|
||||
In general,
|
||||
drawing a thin line will be faster than drawing a wide line of width one.
|
||||
However, because of their different drawing algorithms,
|
||||
thin lines may not mix well aesthetically with wide lines.
|
||||
|
|
@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ style used where even and odd dashes meet.
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Only the even dashes are drawn,
|
||||
and cap-style applies to
|
||||
and cap-style applies to
|
||||
all internal ends of the individual dashes,
|
||||
except
|
||||
<symbol>CapNotLast</symbol>
|
||||
|
|
@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ with no projection beyond.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
The line has a circular arc with the diameter equal to the line-width,
|
||||
centered on the endpoint.
|
||||
(This is equivalent to
|
||||
(This is equivalent to
|
||||
<symbol>CapButt</symbol>
|
||||
for line-width of zero).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -623,8 +623,8 @@ endpoint styles with the triangular notch filled.
|
|||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
For a line with coincident endpoints (x1=x2, y1=y2),
|
||||
when the cap-style is applied to both endpoints,
|
||||
For a line with coincident endpoints (x1=x2, y1=y2),
|
||||
when the cap-style is applied to both endpoints,
|
||||
the semantics depends on the line-width and the cap-style:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -682,8 +682,8 @@ the semantics depends on the line-width and the cap-style:
|
|||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
For a line with coincident endpoints (x1=x2, y1=y2),
|
||||
when the join-style is applied at one or both endpoints,
|
||||
For a line with coincident endpoints (x1=x2, y1=y2),
|
||||
when the join-style is applied at one or both endpoints,
|
||||
the effect is as if the line was removed from the overall path.
|
||||
However, if the total path consists of or is reduced to a single point joined
|
||||
with itself, the effect is the same as when the cap-style is applied at both
|
||||
|
|
@ -705,12 +705,12 @@ or a
|
|||
<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
|
||||
error results.
|
||||
The stipple pixmap must have depth one and must have the same root as the
|
||||
GC, or a
|
||||
GC, or a
|
||||
<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
|
||||
error results.
|
||||
error results.
|
||||
For stipple operations where the fill-style is
|
||||
<symbol>FillStippled</symbol>
|
||||
but not
|
||||
but not
|
||||
<symbol>FillOpaqueStippled</symbol>,
|
||||
the stipple pattern is tiled in a
|
||||
single plane and acts as an additional clip mask to be ANDed with the clip-mask.
|
||||
|
|
@ -721,7 +721,7 @@ any size pixmap can be used for tiling or stippling.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
The fill-style defines the contents of the source for line, text, and
|
||||
fill requests.
|
||||
fill requests.
|
||||
For all text and fill requests (for example,
|
||||
<xref linkend='XDrawText' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
|
||||
<xref linkend='XDrawText16' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
|
||||
|
|
@ -729,17 +729,17 @@ For all text and fill requests (for example,
|
|||
<xref linkend='XFillPolygon' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<xref linkend='XFillArc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>);
|
||||
for line requests
|
||||
with line-style
|
||||
for line requests
|
||||
with line-style
|
||||
<symbol>LineSolid</symbol>
|
||||
(for example,
|
||||
<xref linkend='XDrawLine' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
|
||||
<xref linkend='XDrawSegments' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
|
||||
<xref linkend='XDrawRectangle' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
|
||||
<xref linkend='XDrawArc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>);
|
||||
and for the even dashes for line requests with line-style
|
||||
and for the even dashes for line requests with line-style
|
||||
<symbol>LineOnOffDash</symbol>
|
||||
or
|
||||
or
|
||||
<symbol>LineDoubleDash</symbol>,
|
||||
the following apply:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -818,7 +818,7 @@ the results are undefined.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
For optimum performance,
|
||||
you should draw as much as possible with the same GC
|
||||
you should draw as much as possible with the same GC
|
||||
(without changing its components).
|
||||
The costs of changing GC components relative to using different GCs
|
||||
depend on the display hardware and the server implementation.
|
||||
|
|
@ -829,10 +829,10 @@ of GCs.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
The dashes value is actually a simplified form of the
|
||||
more general patterns that can be set with
|
||||
more general patterns that can be set with
|
||||
<xref linkend='XSetDashes' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
Specifying a
|
||||
value of N is equivalent to specifying the two-element list [N, N] in
|
||||
value of N is equivalent to specifying the two-element list [N, N] in
|
||||
<xref linkend='XSetDashes' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
The value must be nonzero,
|
||||
or a
|
||||
|
|
@ -841,7 +841,7 @@ error results.
|
|||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
The clip-mask restricts writes to the destination drawable.
|
||||
The clip-mask restricts writes to the destination drawable.
|
||||
If the clip-mask is set to a pixmap,
|
||||
it must have depth one and have the same root as the GC,
|
||||
or a
|
||||
|
|
@ -855,8 +855,8 @@ The clip-mask also can be set by calling the
|
|||
or
|
||||
<xref linkend='XSetRegion' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
functions.
|
||||
Only pixels where the clip-mask has a bit set to 1 are drawn.
|
||||
Pixels are not drawn outside the area covered by the clip-mask
|
||||
Only pixels where the clip-mask has a bit set to 1 are drawn.
|
||||
Pixels are not drawn outside the area covered by the clip-mask
|
||||
or where the clip-mask has a bit set to 0.
|
||||
The clip-mask affects all graphics requests.
|
||||
The clip-mask does not clip sources.
|
||||
|
|
@ -869,18 +869,18 @@ You can set the subwindow-mode to
|
|||
<symbol>ClipByChildren</symbol>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<symbol>IncludeInferiors</symbol>.
|
||||
For
|
||||
For
|
||||
<symbol>ClipByChildren</symbol>,
|
||||
both source and destination windows are
|
||||
additionally clipped by all viewable
|
||||
additionally clipped by all viewable
|
||||
<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>
|
||||
children.
|
||||
For
|
||||
children.
|
||||
For
|
||||
<symbol>IncludeInferiors</symbol>,
|
||||
neither source nor destination window is clipped by inferiors.
|
||||
neither source nor destination window is clipped by inferiors.
|
||||
This will result in including subwindow contents in the source
|
||||
and drawing through subwindow boundaries of the destination.
|
||||
The use of
|
||||
The use of
|
||||
<symbol>IncludeInferiors</symbol>
|
||||
on a window of one depth with mapped
|
||||
inferiors of differing depth is not illegal, but the semantics are
|
||||
|
|
@ -889,9 +889,9 @@ undefined by the core protocol.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
The fill-rule defines what pixels are inside (drawn) for
|
||||
paths given in
|
||||
paths given in
|
||||
<xref linkend='XFillPolygon' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
requests and can be set to
|
||||
requests and can be set to
|
||||
<symbol>EvenOddRule</symbol>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<symbol>WindingRule</symbol>.
|
||||
|
|
@ -899,8 +899,8 @@ For
|
|||
<symbol>EvenOddRule</symbol>,
|
||||
a point is inside if
|
||||
an infinite ray with the point as origin crosses the path an odd number
|
||||
of times.
|
||||
For
|
||||
of times.
|
||||
For
|
||||
<symbol>WindingRule</symbol>,
|
||||
a point is inside if an infinite ray with the
|
||||
point as origin crosses an unequal number of clockwise and
|
||||
|
|
@ -915,24 +915,24 @@ coincident with a segment.
|
|||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
For both
|
||||
For both
|
||||
<symbol>EvenOddRule</symbol>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<symbol>WindingRule</symbol>,
|
||||
a point is infinitely small,
|
||||
and the path is an infinitely thin line.
|
||||
a point is infinitely small,
|
||||
and the path is an infinitely thin line.
|
||||
A pixel is inside if the center point of the pixel is inside
|
||||
and the center point is not on the boundary.
|
||||
and the center point is not on the boundary.
|
||||
If the center point is on the boundary,
|
||||
the pixel is inside if and only if the polygon interior is immediately to
|
||||
its right (x increasing direction).
|
||||
Pixels with centers on a horizontal edge are a special case
|
||||
and are inside if and only if the polygon interior is immediately below
|
||||
its right (x increasing direction).
|
||||
Pixels with centers on a horizontal edge are a special case
|
||||
and are inside if and only if the polygon interior is immediately below
|
||||
(y increasing direction).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
The arc-mode controls filling in the
|
||||
The arc-mode controls filling in the
|
||||
<xref linkend='XFillArcs' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
function and can be set to
|
||||
<symbol>ArcPieSlice</symbol>
|
||||
|
|
@ -947,19 +947,19 @@ the arcs are chord filled.
|
|||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
The graphics-exposure flag controls
|
||||
The graphics-exposure flag controls
|
||||
<symbol>GraphicsExpose</symbol>
|
||||
event generation
|
||||
for
|
||||
for
|
||||
<xref linkend='XCopyArea' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
and
|
||||
and
|
||||
<xref linkend='XCopyPlane' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
requests (and any similar requests defined by extensions).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To create a new GC that is usable on a given screen with a
|
||||
To create a new GC that is usable on a given screen with a
|
||||
depth of drawable, use
|
||||
<xref linkend='XCreateGC' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -993,7 +993,7 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the drawable.
|
||||
Specifies the drawable.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1204,13 +1204,13 @@ The
|
|||
function changes the components specified by valuemask for
|
||||
the specified GC.
|
||||
The values argument contains the values to be set.
|
||||
The values and restrictions are the same as for
|
||||
The values and restrictions are the same as for
|
||||
<xref linkend='XCreateGC' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
Changing the clip-mask overrides any previous
|
||||
Changing the clip-mask overrides any previous
|
||||
<xref linkend='XSetClipRectangles' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
request on the context.
|
||||
request on the context.
|
||||
Changing the dash-offset or dash-list
|
||||
overrides any previous
|
||||
overrides any previous
|
||||
<xref linkend='XSetDashes' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
request on the context.
|
||||
The order in which components are verified and altered is server dependent.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1329,7 +1329,7 @@ sets the requested components in values_return and returns a nonzero status.
|
|||
Otherwise, it returns a zero status.
|
||||
Note that the clip-mask and dash-list (represented by the
|
||||
<symbol>GCClipMask</symbol>
|
||||
and
|
||||
and
|
||||
<symbol>GCDashList</symbol>
|
||||
bits, respectively, in the valuemask)
|
||||
cannot be requested.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1396,9 +1396,9 @@ error.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To obtain the
|
||||
To obtain the
|
||||
<type>GContext</type>
|
||||
resource ID for a given GC, use
|
||||
resource ID for a given GC, use
|
||||
<xref linkend='XGContextFromGC' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGContextFromGC</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2017,7 +2017,7 @@ Specifies the GC.
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the phase of the pattern for the dashed line-style you want to set
|
||||
for the specified GC.
|
||||
for the specified GC.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2028,7 +2028,7 @@ for the specified GC.
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the dash-list for the dashed line-style
|
||||
you want to set for the specified GC.
|
||||
you want to set for the specified GC.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2038,7 +2038,7 @@ you want to set for the specified GC.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the number of elements in dash_list.
|
||||
Specifies the number of elements in dash_list.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2053,8 +2053,8 @@ in the specified GC.
|
|||
There must be at least one element in the specified dash_list,
|
||||
or a
|
||||
<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
|
||||
error results.
|
||||
The initial and alternating elements (second, fourth, and so on)
|
||||
error results.
|
||||
The initial and alternating elements (second, fourth, and so on)
|
||||
of the dash_list are the even dashes, and
|
||||
the others are the odd dashes.
|
||||
Each element specifies a dash length in pixels.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2210,7 +2210,7 @@ Specifies the GC.
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the fill-rule you want to set for the specified GC.
|
||||
You can pass
|
||||
You can pass
|
||||
<symbol>EvenOddRule</symbol>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<symbol>WindingRule</symbol>.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2241,7 +2241,7 @@ Some displays have hardware support for tiling or
|
|||
stippling with patterns of specific sizes.
|
||||
Tiling and stippling operations that restrict themselves to those specific
|
||||
sizes run much faster than such operations with arbitrary size patterns.
|
||||
Xlib provides functions that you can use to determine the best size,
|
||||
Xlib provides functions that you can use to determine the best size,
|
||||
tile, or stipple for the display
|
||||
as well as to set the tile or stipple shape and the tile or stipple origin.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2284,10 +2284,10 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the class that you are interested in.
|
||||
You can pass
|
||||
You can pass
|
||||
<symbol>TileShape</symbol>,
|
||||
<symbol>CursorShape</symbol>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
or
|
||||
<symbol>StippleShape</symbol>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2340,7 +2340,7 @@ Specify the width and height.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Return the width and height of the object best supported
|
||||
Return the width and height of the object best supported
|
||||
by the display hardware.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2352,29 +2352,29 @@ by the display hardware.
|
|||
The
|
||||
<xref linkend='XQueryBestSize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
function returns the best or closest size to the specified size.
|
||||
For
|
||||
For
|
||||
<symbol>CursorShape</symbol>,
|
||||
this is the largest size that can be fully displayed on the screen specified by
|
||||
which_screen.
|
||||
For
|
||||
For
|
||||
<symbol>TileShape</symbol>,
|
||||
this is the size that can be tiled fastest.
|
||||
For
|
||||
For
|
||||
<symbol>StippleShape</symbol>,
|
||||
this is the size that can be stippled fastest.
|
||||
For
|
||||
For
|
||||
<symbol>CursorShape</symbol>,
|
||||
the drawable indicates the desired screen.
|
||||
For
|
||||
For
|
||||
<symbol>TileShape</symbol>
|
||||
and
|
||||
and
|
||||
<symbol>StippleShape</symbol>,
|
||||
the drawable indicates the screen and possibly the window class and depth.
|
||||
An
|
||||
An
|
||||
<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>
|
||||
window cannot be used as the drawable for
|
||||
window cannot be used as the drawable for
|
||||
<symbol>TileShape</symbol>
|
||||
or
|
||||
or
|
||||
<symbol>StippleShape</symbol>,
|
||||
or a
|
||||
<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2386,7 +2386,7 @@ error results.
|
|||
can generate
|
||||
<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,
|
||||
<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
and
|
||||
<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2469,7 +2469,7 @@ Specify the width and height.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Return the width and height of the object best supported
|
||||
Return the width and height of the object best supported
|
||||
by the display hardware.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2483,9 +2483,9 @@ The
|
|||
function returns the best or closest size, that is, the size that can be
|
||||
tiled fastest on the screen specified by which_screen.
|
||||
The drawable indicates the screen and possibly the window class and depth.
|
||||
If an
|
||||
If an
|
||||
<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>
|
||||
window is used as the drawable, a
|
||||
window is used as the drawable, a
|
||||
<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
|
||||
error results.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2577,7 +2577,7 @@ Specify the width and height.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Return the width and height of the object best supported
|
||||
Return the width and height of the object best supported
|
||||
by the display hardware.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2650,7 +2650,7 @@ Specifies the GC.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the fill tile you want to set for the specified GC.
|
||||
Specifies the fill tile you want to set for the specified GC.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2807,7 +2807,7 @@ Specify the x and y coordinates of the tile and stipple origin.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
When graphics requests call for tiling or stippling,
|
||||
the parent's origin will be interpreted relative to whatever destination
|
||||
the parent's origin will be interpreted relative to whatever destination
|
||||
drawable is specified in the graphics request.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2880,7 +2880,7 @@ Specifies the font.
|
|||
can generate
|
||||
<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,
|
||||
<errorname>BadFont</errorname>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
and
|
||||
<errorname>BadGC</errorname>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2892,7 +2892,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .XE -->
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
Xlib provides functions that you can use to set the clip-origin
|
||||
Xlib provides functions that you can use to set the clip-origin
|
||||
and the clip-mask or set the clip-mask to a list of rectangles.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2959,7 +2959,7 @@ Specify the x and y coordinates of the clip-mask origin.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
The clip-mask origin is interpreted relative to the origin of whatever
|
||||
The clip-mask origin is interpreted relative to the origin of whatever
|
||||
destination drawable is specified in the graphics request.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3118,7 +3118,7 @@ Specifies an array of rectangles that define the clip-mask.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the number of rectangles.
|
||||
Specifies the number of rectangles.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3144,16 +3144,16 @@ or
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
The
|
||||
<xref linkend='XSetClipRectangles' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
function changes the clip-mask in the specified GC
|
||||
function changes the clip-mask in the specified GC
|
||||
to the specified list of rectangles and sets the clip origin.
|
||||
The output is clipped to remain contained within the
|
||||
rectangles.
|
||||
The clip-origin is interpreted relative to the origin of
|
||||
whatever destination drawable is specified in a graphics request.
|
||||
The rectangle coordinates are interpreted relative to the clip-origin.
|
||||
whatever destination drawable is specified in a graphics request.
|
||||
The rectangle coordinates are interpreted relative to the clip-origin.
|
||||
The rectangles should be nonintersecting, or the graphics results will be
|
||||
undefined.
|
||||
Note that the list of rectangles can be empty,
|
||||
Note that the list of rectangles can be empty,
|
||||
which effectively disables output.
|
||||
This is the opposite of passing
|
||||
<symbol>None</symbol>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3166,9 +3166,9 @@ and
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
If known by the client, ordering relations on the rectangles can be
|
||||
specified with the ordering argument.
|
||||
specified with the ordering argument.
|
||||
This may provide faster operation
|
||||
by the server.
|
||||
by the server.
|
||||
If an incorrect ordering is specified, the X server may generate a
|
||||
<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
|
||||
error, but it is not required to do so.
|
||||
|
|
@ -3179,13 +3179,13 @@ means the rectangles are in arbitrary order.
|
|||
<symbol>YSorted</symbol>
|
||||
means that the rectangles are nondecreasing in their Y origin.
|
||||
<symbol>YXSorted</symbol>
|
||||
additionally constrains
|
||||
additionally constrains
|
||||
<symbol>YSorted</symbol>
|
||||
order in that all
|
||||
rectangles with an equal Y origin are nondecreasing in their X
|
||||
origin.
|
||||
origin.
|
||||
<symbol>YXBanded</symbol>
|
||||
additionally constrains
|
||||
additionally constrains
|
||||
<symbol>YXSorted</symbol>
|
||||
by requiring that,
|
||||
for every possible Y scanline, all rectangles that include that
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
|
|
@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ request on it.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
The X server performs normal exposure processing on formerly obscured
|
||||
windows.
|
||||
The X server might not generate
|
||||
The X server might not generate
|
||||
<symbol>Expose</symbol>
|
||||
events for regions from the initial
|
||||
<systemitem>UnmapWindow</systemitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -197,14 +197,14 @@ For further information about close-connection processing,
|
|||
see <link linkend='Using_X_Server_Connection_Close_Operations'>section 2.6</link>.
|
||||
To allow an application's window to survive when a window manager that
|
||||
has reparented a window fails,
|
||||
Xlib provides the save-set functions that you can
|
||||
Xlib provides the save-set functions that you can
|
||||
use to control the longevity of subwindows
|
||||
that are normally destroyed when the parent is destroyed.
|
||||
For example, a window manager that wants to add decoration
|
||||
to a window by adding a frame might reparent an application's
|
||||
window.
|
||||
window.
|
||||
When the frame is destroyed,
|
||||
the application's window should not be destroyed
|
||||
the application's window should not be destroyed
|
||||
but be returned to its previous place in the window hierarchy.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ or
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
Depending on the specified mode,
|
||||
<xref linkend='XChangeSaveSet' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
either inserts or deletes the specified window from the client's save-set.
|
||||
either inserts or deletes the specified window from the client's save-set.
|
||||
The specified window must have been created by some other client,
|
||||
or a
|
||||
<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
|
||||
|
|
@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ The X server maintains a list of installed colormaps.
|
|||
Windows using these colormaps are guaranteed to display with
|
||||
correct colors; windows using other colormaps may or may not display
|
||||
with correct colors.
|
||||
Xlib provides functions that you can use to install a colormap,
|
||||
Xlib provides functions that you can use to install a colormap,
|
||||
uninstall a colormap, and obtain a list of installed colormaps.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ The required list is maintained as follows.
|
|||
When a colormap is specified to
|
||||
<xref linkend='XInstallColormap' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
|
||||
it is added to the head of the list;
|
||||
the list is truncated at the tail, if necessary, to keep its length to
|
||||
the list is truncated at the tail, if necessary, to keep its length to
|
||||
at most M.
|
||||
When a colormap is specified to
|
||||
<xref linkend='XUninstallColormap' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
|
|
@ -496,11 +496,11 @@ or
|
|||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
If the specified colormap is not already an installed colormap,
|
||||
If the specified colormap is not already an installed colormap,
|
||||
the X server generates a
|
||||
<symbol>ColormapNotify</symbol>
|
||||
event on each window that has that colormap.
|
||||
In addition, for every other colormap that is installed as
|
||||
In addition, for every other colormap that is installed as
|
||||
a result of a call to
|
||||
<xref linkend='XInstallColormap' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
|
||||
the X server generates a
|
||||
|
|
@ -560,19 +560,19 @@ The
|
|||
function removes the specified colormap from the required
|
||||
list for its screen.
|
||||
As a result,
|
||||
the specified colormap might be uninstalled,
|
||||
the specified colormap might be uninstalled,
|
||||
and the X server might implicitly install or uninstall additional colormaps.
|
||||
Which colormaps get installed or uninstalled is server dependent
|
||||
except that the required list must remain installed.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
If the specified colormap becomes uninstalled,
|
||||
If the specified colormap becomes uninstalled,
|
||||
the X server generates a
|
||||
<symbol>ColormapNotify</symbol>
|
||||
event on each window that has that colormap.
|
||||
In addition, for every other colormap that is installed or uninstalled as a
|
||||
result of a call to
|
||||
In addition, for every other colormap that is installed or uninstalled as a
|
||||
result of a call to
|
||||
<xref linkend='XUninstallColormap' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
|
||||
the X server generates a
|
||||
<symbol>ColormapNotify</symbol>
|
||||
|
|
@ -639,7 +639,7 @@ Returns the number of currently installed colormaps.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
The
|
||||
<xref linkend='XListInstalledColormaps' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
function returns a list of the currently installed colormaps for the screen
|
||||
function returns a list of the currently installed colormaps for the screen
|
||||
of the specified window.
|
||||
The order of the colormaps in the list is not significant
|
||||
and is no explicit indication of the required list.
|
||||
|
|
@ -725,7 +725,7 @@ The
|
|||
function defines the directory search path for font lookup.
|
||||
There is only one search path per X server, not one per client.
|
||||
The encoding and interpretation of the strings are implementation-dependent,
|
||||
but typically they specify directories or font servers to be searched
|
||||
but typically they specify directories or font servers to be searched
|
||||
in the order listed.
|
||||
An X server is permitted to cache font information internally;
|
||||
for example, it might cache an entire font from a file and not
|
||||
|
|
@ -733,7 +733,7 @@ check on subsequent opens of that font to see if the underlying
|
|||
font file has changed.
|
||||
However,
|
||||
when the font path is changed,
|
||||
the X server is guaranteed to flush all cached information about fonts
|
||||
the X server is guaranteed to flush all cached information about fonts
|
||||
for which there currently are no explicit resource IDs allocated.
|
||||
The meaning of an error from this request is implementation-dependent.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -884,7 +884,7 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
The
|
||||
<xref linkend='XGrabServer' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
function disables processing of requests and close downs on all other
|
||||
function disables processing of requests and close downs on all other
|
||||
connections than the one this request arrived on.
|
||||
You should not grab the X server any more than is absolutely necessary.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -979,13 +979,13 @@ forces a close down of the client
|
|||
that created the resource
|
||||
if a valid resource is specified.
|
||||
If the client has already terminated in
|
||||
either
|
||||
either
|
||||
<symbol>RetainPermanent</symbol>
|
||||
or
|
||||
or
|
||||
<symbol>RetainTemporary</symbol>
|
||||
mode, all of the client's
|
||||
resources are destroyed.
|
||||
If
|
||||
If
|
||||
<symbol>AllTemporary</symbol>
|
||||
is specified, the resources of all clients that have terminated in
|
||||
<symbol>RetainTemporary</symbol>
|
||||
|
|
@ -994,8 +994,8 @@ This permits implementation of window manager facilities that aid debugging.
|
|||
A client can set its close-down mode to
|
||||
<symbol>RetainTemporary</symbol>.
|
||||
If the client then crashes,
|
||||
its windows would not be destroyed.
|
||||
The programmer can then inspect the application's window tree
|
||||
its windows would not be destroyed.
|
||||
The programmer can then inspect the application's window tree
|
||||
and use the window manager to destroy the zombie windows.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1013,7 +1013,7 @@ error.
|
|||
<!-- .XE -->
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
Xlib provides functions that you can use to set or reset the mode
|
||||
Xlib provides functions that you can use to set or reset the mode
|
||||
of the screen saver, to force or activate the screen saver,
|
||||
or to obtain the current screen saver values.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1101,33 +1101,33 @@ or
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
Timeout and interval are specified in seconds.
|
||||
A timeout of 0 disables the screen saver
|
||||
Timeout and interval are specified in seconds.
|
||||
A timeout of 0 disables the screen saver
|
||||
(but an activated screen saver is not deactivated),
|
||||
and a timeout of −1 restores the default.
|
||||
Other negative values generate a
|
||||
<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
|
||||
error.
|
||||
If the timeout value is nonzero,
|
||||
If the timeout value is nonzero,
|
||||
<xref linkend='XSetScreenSaver' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
enables the screen saver.
|
||||
An interval of 0 disables the random-pattern motion.
|
||||
If no input from devices (keyboard, mouse, and so on) is generated
|
||||
If no input from devices (keyboard, mouse, and so on) is generated
|
||||
for the specified number of timeout seconds once the screen saver is enabled,
|
||||
the screen saver is activated.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
For each screen,
|
||||
if blanking is preferred and the hardware supports video blanking,
|
||||
the screen simply goes blank.
|
||||
Otherwise, if either exposures are allowed or the screen can be regenerated
|
||||
without sending
|
||||
For each screen,
|
||||
if blanking is preferred and the hardware supports video blanking,
|
||||
the screen simply goes blank.
|
||||
Otherwise, if either exposures are allowed or the screen can be regenerated
|
||||
without sending
|
||||
<symbol>Expose</symbol>
|
||||
events to clients,
|
||||
the screen is tiled with the root window background tile randomly
|
||||
events to clients,
|
||||
the screen is tiled with the root window background tile randomly
|
||||
re-origined each interval seconds.
|
||||
Otherwise, the screens' state do not change,
|
||||
Otherwise, the screens' state do not change,
|
||||
and the screen saver is not activated.
|
||||
The screen saver is deactivated,
|
||||
and all screen states are restored at the next
|
||||
|
|
@ -1198,18 +1198,18 @@ or
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
If the specified mode is
|
||||
If the specified mode is
|
||||
<symbol>ScreenSaverActive</symbol>
|
||||
and the screen saver currently is deactivated,
|
||||
<xref linkend='XForceScreenSaver' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
activates the screen saver even if the screen saver had been disabled
|
||||
with a timeout of zero.
|
||||
If the specified mode is
|
||||
If the specified mode is
|
||||
<symbol>ScreenSaverReset</symbol>
|
||||
and the screen saver currently is enabled,
|
||||
<xref linkend='XForceScreenSaver' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
deactivates the screen saver if it was activated,
|
||||
and the activation timer is reset to its initial state
|
||||
and the activation timer is reset to its initial state
|
||||
(as if device input had been received).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1420,7 +1420,7 @@ DECnet nodes must terminate in :: to distinguish them from Internet hosts.
|
|||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
If a host is not in the access control list when the access control
|
||||
If a host is not in the access control list when the access control
|
||||
mechanism is enabled and if the host attempts to establish a connection,
|
||||
the server refuses the connection.
|
||||
To change the access list,
|
||||
|
|
@ -1445,7 +1445,7 @@ see <olink targetdoc='x11protocol' targetptr='Connection_Setup'
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
Xlib provides functions that you can use to add, get, or remove hosts
|
||||
from the access control list.
|
||||
All the host access control functions use the
|
||||
All the host access control functions use the
|
||||
<structname>XHostAddress</structname>
|
||||
structure, which contains:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1466,7 +1466,7 @@ typedef struct {
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
The family member specifies which protocol address family to use
|
||||
The family member specifies which protocol address family to use
|
||||
(for example, <acronym>TCP</acronym>/<acronym>IP</acronym> or DECnet) and can be
|
||||
<symbol>FamilyInternet</symbol>,
|
||||
<symbol>FamilyInternet6</symbol>,
|
||||
|
|
@ -1486,7 +1486,7 @@ family should be FamilyInternet6 and the length should be 16 bytes.
|
|||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
For the DECnet family,
|
||||
For the DECnet family,
|
||||
the server performs no automatic swapping on the address bytes.
|
||||
A Phase IV address is 2 bytes long.
|
||||
The first byte contains the least significant 8 bits of the node number.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1496,8 +1496,8 @@ and the area in the most significant 6 bits of the byte.
|
|||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
For the ServerInterpreted family, the length is ignored and the address
|
||||
member is a pointer to a
|
||||
For the ServerInterpreted family, the length is ignored and the address
|
||||
member is a pointer to a
|
||||
<structname>XServerInterpretedAddress</structname>
|
||||
structure, which contains:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1703,12 +1703,12 @@ Returns the state of the access control.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
The
|
||||
<xref linkend='XListHosts' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
function returns the current access control list as well as whether the use
|
||||
function returns the current access control list as well as whether the use
|
||||
of the list at connection setup was enabled or disabled.
|
||||
<xref linkend='XListHosts' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
allows a program to find out what machines can make connections.
|
||||
It also returns a pointer to a list of host structures that
|
||||
were allocated by the function.
|
||||
were allocated by the function.
|
||||
When no longer needed,
|
||||
this memory should be freed by calling
|
||||
<xref linkend='XFree' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1756,7 +1756,7 @@ Specifies the host that is to be removed.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
The
|
||||
<xref linkend='XRemoveHost' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
function removes the specified host from the access control list
|
||||
function removes the specified host from the access control list
|
||||
for that display.
|
||||
The server must be on the same host as the client process, or a
|
||||
<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1828,12 +1828,12 @@ Specifies the number of hosts.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
The
|
||||
<xref linkend='XRemoveHosts' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
function removes each specified host from the access control list for that
|
||||
display.
|
||||
function removes each specified host from the access control list for that
|
||||
display.
|
||||
The X server must be on the same host as the client process, or a
|
||||
<errorname>BadAccess</errorname>
|
||||
error results.
|
||||
If you remove your machine from the access list,
|
||||
If you remove your machine from the access list,
|
||||
you can no longer connect to that server,
|
||||
and this operation cannot be reversed unless you reset the server.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1854,7 +1854,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<!-- .XE -->
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
Xlib provides functions that you can use to enable, disable,
|
||||
Xlib provides functions that you can use to enable, disable,
|
||||
or change access control.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1911,7 +1911,7 @@ or
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
The
|
||||
<xref linkend='XSetAccessControl' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
function either enables or disables the use of the access control list
|
||||
function either enables or disables the use of the access control list
|
||||
at each connection setup.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
|
|
@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ Specifies the event mask.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
The
|
||||
<xref linkend='XSelectInput' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
function requests that the X server report the events associated with the
|
||||
function requests that the X server report the events associated with the
|
||||
specified event mask.
|
||||
Initially, X will not report any of these events.
|
||||
Events are reported relative to a window.
|
||||
|
|
@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ the event mask
|
|||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Only one client at a time can select a
|
||||
Only one client at a time can select a
|
||||
<symbol>ButtonPress</symbol>
|
||||
event, which is associated with
|
||||
the event mask
|
||||
|
|
@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ These functions differ in the additional tasks they might perform.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To flush the output buffer, use
|
||||
To flush the output buffer, use
|
||||
<xref linkend='XFlush' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFlush</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ Events generated by the server may be enqueued into the library's event queue.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To flush the output buffer and then wait until all requests have been processed,
|
||||
use
|
||||
use
|
||||
<xref linkend='XSync' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSync</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether
|
||||
Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether
|
||||
<xref linkend='XSync' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
discards all events on the event queue.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -274,16 +274,16 @@ For each protocol error received by Xlib,
|
|||
<xref linkend='XSync' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
calls the client application's error handling routine
|
||||
(see <link linkend="Using_the_Default_Error_Handlers">section 11.8.2</link>).
|
||||
Any events generated by the server are enqueued into the library's
|
||||
Any events generated by the server are enqueued into the library's
|
||||
event queue.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
Finally, if you passed
|
||||
Finally, if you passed
|
||||
<symbol>False</symbol>,
|
||||
<xref linkend='XSync' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
does not discard the events in the queue.
|
||||
If you passed
|
||||
If you passed
|
||||
<symbol>True</symbol>,
|
||||
<xref linkend='XSync' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
discards all events in the queue,
|
||||
|
|
@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ Client applications seldom need to call
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
Xlib maintains an event queue.
|
||||
However, the operating system also may be buffering data
|
||||
However, the operating system also may be buffering data
|
||||
in its network connection that is not yet read into the event queue.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -351,27 +351,27 @@ or
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
If mode is
|
||||
If mode is
|
||||
<symbol>QueuedAlready</symbol>,
|
||||
<xref linkend='XEventsQueued' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
returns the number of events
|
||||
already in the event queue (and never performs a system call).
|
||||
If mode is
|
||||
If mode is
|
||||
<symbol>QueuedAfterFlush</symbol>,
|
||||
<xref linkend='XEventsQueued' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
returns the number of events already in the queue if the number is nonzero.
|
||||
If there are no events in the queue,
|
||||
If there are no events in the queue,
|
||||
<xref linkend='XEventsQueued' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
flushes the output buffer,
|
||||
flushes the output buffer,
|
||||
attempts to read more events out of the application's connection,
|
||||
and returns the number read.
|
||||
If mode is
|
||||
If mode is
|
||||
<symbol>QueuedAfterReading</symbol>,
|
||||
<xref linkend='XEventsQueued' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
returns the number of events already in the queue if the number is nonzero.
|
||||
If there are no events in the queue,
|
||||
returns the number of events already in the queue if the number is nonzero.
|
||||
If there are no events in the queue,
|
||||
<xref linkend='XEventsQueued' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
attempts to read more events out of the application's connection
|
||||
attempts to read more events out of the application's connection
|
||||
without flushing the output buffer and returns the number read.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ without flushing the output buffer and returns the number read.
|
|||
always returns immediately without I/O if there are events already in the
|
||||
queue.
|
||||
<xref linkend='XEventsQueued' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
with mode
|
||||
with mode
|
||||
<symbol>QueuedAfterFlush</symbol>
|
||||
is identical in behavior to
|
||||
<xref linkend='XPending' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
|
|
@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ function.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To return the number of events that are pending, use
|
||||
To return the number of events that are pending, use
|
||||
<xref linkend='XPending' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XPending</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ structure without removing it from the event queue.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
Each of the functions discussed in this section requires you to
|
||||
pass a predicate procedure that determines if an event matches
|
||||
pass a predicate procedure that determines if an event matches
|
||||
what you want.
|
||||
Your predicate procedure must decide if the event is useful
|
||||
without calling any Xlib functions.
|
||||
|
|
@ -631,7 +631,7 @@ structure.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the argument passed in from the
|
||||
Specifies the argument passed in from the
|
||||
<xref linkend='XIfEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
|
||||
<xref linkend='XCheckIfEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
|
|
@ -645,8 +645,8 @@ function.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
The predicate procedure is called once for each
|
||||
event in the queue until it finds a match.
|
||||
After finding a match, the predicate procedure must return
|
||||
event in the queue until it finds a match.
|
||||
After finding a match, the predicate procedure must return
|
||||
<symbol>True</symbol>.
|
||||
If it did not find a match, it must return
|
||||
<symbol>False</symbol>.
|
||||
|
|
@ -719,14 +719,14 @@ Specifies the user-supplied argument that will be passed to the predicate proced
|
|||
The
|
||||
<xref linkend='XIfEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
function completes only when the specified predicate
|
||||
procedure returns
|
||||
procedure returns
|
||||
<symbol>True</symbol>
|
||||
for an event,
|
||||
for an event,
|
||||
which indicates an event in the queue matches.
|
||||
<xref linkend='XIfEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
flushes the output buffer if it blocks waiting for additional events.
|
||||
<xref linkend='XIfEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
removes the matching event from the queue
|
||||
removes the matching event from the queue
|
||||
and copies the structure into the client-supplied
|
||||
<structname>XEvent</structname>
|
||||
structure.
|
||||
|
|
@ -799,7 +799,7 @@ When the predicate procedure finds a match,
|
|||
<xref linkend='XCheckIfEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
copies the matched event into the client-supplied
|
||||
<structname>XEvent</structname>
|
||||
structure and returns
|
||||
structure and returns
|
||||
<symbol>True</symbol>.
|
||||
(This event is removed from the queue.)
|
||||
If the predicate procedure finds no match,
|
||||
|
|
@ -877,7 +877,7 @@ Specifies the user-supplied argument that will be passed to the predicate proced
|
|||
The
|
||||
<xref linkend='XPeekIfEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
function returns only when the specified predicate
|
||||
procedure returns
|
||||
procedure returns
|
||||
<symbol>True</symbol>
|
||||
for an event.
|
||||
After the predicate procedure finds a match,
|
||||
|
|
@ -896,7 +896,7 @@ flushes the output buffer if it blocks waiting for additional events.
|
|||
<!-- .XE -->
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
The functions discussed in this section let you select events by window
|
||||
The functions discussed in this section let you select events by window
|
||||
or event types, allowing you to process events out of order.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -985,7 +985,7 @@ use
|
|||
<indexterm><primary>XCheckWindowEvent</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
This function is similar to
|
||||
<xref linkend='XWindowEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
except that it never blocks and it returns a
|
||||
except that it never blocks and it returns a
|
||||
<type>Bool</type>
|
||||
indicating if the event was returned.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1048,7 +1048,7 @@ Returns the matched event's associated structure.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
The
|
||||
<xref linkend='XCheckWindowEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
function searches the event queue and then the events available
|
||||
function searches the event queue and then the events available
|
||||
on the server connection for the first event that matches the specified window
|
||||
and event mask.
|
||||
If it finds a match,
|
||||
|
|
@ -1118,7 +1118,7 @@ Returns the matched event's associated structure.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
The
|
||||
<xref linkend='XMaskEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
function searches the event queue for the events associated with the
|
||||
function searches the event queue for the events associated with the
|
||||
specified mask.
|
||||
When it finds a match,
|
||||
<xref linkend='XMaskEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1135,9 +1135,9 @@ flushes the output buffer and blocks until one is received.
|
|||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To return and remove the next event that matches an event mask (if any), use
|
||||
<xref linkend='XCheckMaskEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
This function is similar to
|
||||
This function is similar to
|
||||
<xref linkend='XMaskEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
except that it never blocks and it returns a
|
||||
except that it never blocks and it returns a
|
||||
<type>Bool</type>
|
||||
indicating if the event was returned.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1259,7 +1259,7 @@ Returns the matched event's associated structure.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
The
|
||||
<xref linkend='XCheckTypedEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
function searches the event queue and then any events available
|
||||
function searches the event queue and then any events available
|
||||
on the server connection for the first event that matches the specified type.
|
||||
If it finds a match,
|
||||
<xref linkend='XCheckTypedEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1277,7 +1277,7 @@ and the output buffer will have been flushed.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To return and remove the next event in the queue that matches an event type
|
||||
To return and remove the next event in the queue that matches an event type
|
||||
and a window, use
|
||||
<xref linkend='XCheckTypedWindowEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1341,7 +1341,7 @@ Returns the matched event's associated structure.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
The
|
||||
<xref linkend='XCheckTypedWindowEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
function searches the event queue and then any events available
|
||||
function searches the event queue and then any events available
|
||||
on the server connection for the first event that matches the specified
|
||||
type and window.
|
||||
If it finds a match,
|
||||
|
|
@ -1429,7 +1429,7 @@ For example, the owner of a selection should use
|
|||
<xref linkend='XSendEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
to send a
|
||||
<symbol>SelectionNotify</symbol>
|
||||
event to a requestor when a selection has been converted
|
||||
event to a requestor when a selection has been converted
|
||||
and stored as a property.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSendEvent</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1505,8 +1505,8 @@ Specifies the event that is to be sent.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
The
|
||||
<xref linkend='XSendEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
function identifies the destination window,
|
||||
determines which clients should receive the specified events,
|
||||
function identifies the destination window,
|
||||
determines which clients should receive the specified events,
|
||||
and ignores any active grabs.
|
||||
This function requires you to pass an event mask.
|
||||
For a discussion of the valid event mask names,
|
||||
|
|
@ -1525,8 +1525,8 @@ the destination window is the window that contains the pointer.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
If w is
|
||||
<symbol>InputFocus</symbol>
|
||||
and if the focus window contains the pointer,
|
||||
the destination window is the window that contains the pointer;
|
||||
and if the focus window contains the pointer,
|
||||
the destination window is the window that contains the pointer;
|
||||
otherwise, the destination window is the focus window.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1548,7 +1548,7 @@ no event is sent.
|
|||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If propagate is
|
||||
If propagate is
|
||||
<symbol>False</symbol>,
|
||||
the event is sent to every client selecting on destination any of the event
|
||||
types in the event_mask argument.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1556,15 +1556,15 @@ types in the event_mask argument.
|
|||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If propagate is
|
||||
If propagate is
|
||||
<symbol>True</symbol>
|
||||
and no clients have selected on destination any of
|
||||
the event types in event-mask, the destination is replaced with the
|
||||
closest ancestor of destination for which some client has selected a
|
||||
type in event-mask and for which no intervening window has that type in its
|
||||
do-not-propagate-mask.
|
||||
do-not-propagate-mask.
|
||||
If no such window exists or if the window is
|
||||
an ancestor of the focus window and
|
||||
an ancestor of the focus window and
|
||||
<symbol>InputFocus</symbol>
|
||||
was originally specified
|
||||
as the destination, the event is not sent to any clients.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1578,10 +1578,10 @@ destination any of the types specified in event_mask.
|
|||
The event in the
|
||||
<structname>XEvent</structname>
|
||||
structure must be one of the core events or one of the events
|
||||
defined by an extension (or a
|
||||
defined by an extension (or a
|
||||
<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
|
||||
error results) so that the X server can correctly byte-swap
|
||||
the contents as necessary.
|
||||
error results) so that the X server can correctly byte-swap
|
||||
the contents as necessary.
|
||||
The contents of the event are
|
||||
otherwise unaltered and unchecked by the X server except to force send_event to
|
||||
<symbol>True</symbol>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1601,7 +1601,7 @@ and returns nonzero otherwise.
|
|||
<xref linkend='XSendEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
can generate
|
||||
<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
|
||||
and
|
||||
and
|
||||
<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1620,13 +1620,13 @@ stored in a buffer for later retrieval.
|
|||
This buffer is called the motion history buffer.
|
||||
For example, a few applications, such as paint programs,
|
||||
want to have a precise history of where the pointer
|
||||
traveled.
|
||||
traveled.
|
||||
However, this historical information is highly excessive for most applications.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To determine the approximate maximum number of elements in the motion buffer,
|
||||
To determine the approximate maximum number of elements in the motion buffer,
|
||||
use
|
||||
<function>XDisplayMotionBufferSize</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1746,9 +1746,9 @@ function returns all events in the motion history buffer that fall between the
|
|||
specified start and stop times, inclusive, and that have coordinates
|
||||
that lie within the specified window (including its borders) at its present
|
||||
placement.
|
||||
If the server does not support motion history,
|
||||
If the server does not support motion history,
|
||||
if the start time is later than the stop time,
|
||||
or if the start time is in the future,
|
||||
or if the start time is in the future,
|
||||
no events are returned;
|
||||
<xref linkend='XGetMotionEvents' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
returns NULL.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1772,7 +1772,7 @@ typedef struct {
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
The time member is set to the time, in milliseconds.
|
||||
The time member is set to the time, in milliseconds.
|
||||
The x and y members are set to the coordinates of the pointer and
|
||||
are reported relative to the origin
|
||||
of the specified window.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1804,15 +1804,15 @@ and to use the default error handlers.
|
|||
<!-- .XE -->
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
When debugging X applications,
|
||||
When debugging X applications,
|
||||
it often is very convenient to require Xlib to behave synchronously
|
||||
so that errors are reported as they occur.
|
||||
The following function lets you disable or enable synchronous behavior.
|
||||
Note that graphics may occur 30 or more times more slowly when
|
||||
Note that graphics may occur 30 or more times more slowly when
|
||||
synchronization is enabled.
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>_Xdebug</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
On <acronym>POSIX</acronym>-conformant systems,
|
||||
there is also a global variable
|
||||
there is also a global variable
|
||||
<varname>_Xdebug</varname>
|
||||
that, if set to nonzero before starting a program under a debugger, will force
|
||||
synchronous library behavior.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1866,7 +1866,7 @@ returns the previous after function.
|
|||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To enable or disable synchronization, use
|
||||
To enable or disable synchronization, use
|
||||
<function>XSynchronize</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Debugging</primary><secondary>synchronous mode</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1897,7 +1897,7 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether to enable
|
||||
Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether to enable
|
||||
or disable synchronization.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1908,9 +1908,9 @@ or disable synchronization.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
The
|
||||
<function>XSynchronize</function>
|
||||
function returns
|
||||
function returns
|
||||
the previous after function.
|
||||
If onoff is
|
||||
If onoff is
|
||||
<symbol>True</symbol>,
|
||||
<function>XSynchronize</function>
|
||||
turns on synchronous behavior.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1929,9 +1929,9 @@ turns off synchronous behavior.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Debugging</primary><secondary>error handlers</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Error</primary><secondary>handlers</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
There are two default error handlers in Xlib:
|
||||
one to handle typically fatal conditions (for example,
|
||||
the connection to a display server dying because a machine crashed)
|
||||
There are two default error handlers in Xlib:
|
||||
one to handle typically fatal conditions (for example,
|
||||
the connection to a display server dying because a machine crashed)
|
||||
and one to handle protocol errors from the X server.
|
||||
These error handlers can be changed to user-supplied routines if you
|
||||
prefer your own error handling and can be changed as often as you like.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1986,7 +1986,7 @@ errors from a
|
|||
protocol request.
|
||||
These errors generally are reflected back to the program through the
|
||||
procedural interface.
|
||||
Because this condition is not assumed to be fatal,
|
||||
Because this condition is not assumed to be fatal,
|
||||
it is acceptable for your error handler to return;
|
||||
the returned value is ignored.
|
||||
However, the error handler should not
|
||||
|
|
@ -1996,7 +1996,7 @@ The previous error handler is returned.
|
|||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
The
|
||||
The
|
||||
<structname>XErrorEvent</structname>
|
||||
structure contains:
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Debugging</primary><secondary>error event</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2021,13 +2021,13 @@ typedef struct {
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Serial Number</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
The serial member is the number of requests, starting from one,
|
||||
sent over the network connection since it was opened.
|
||||
It is the number that was the value of
|
||||
The serial member is the number of requests, starting from one,
|
||||
sent over the network connection since it was opened.
|
||||
It is the number that was the value of
|
||||
<function>NextRequest</function>
|
||||
immediately before the failing call was made.
|
||||
immediately before the failing call was made.
|
||||
The request_code member is a protocol request
|
||||
of the procedure that failed, as defined in
|
||||
of the procedure that failed, as defined in
|
||||
<filename class="headerfile"><X11/Xproto.h></filename>.
|
||||
The following error codes can be returned by the functions described in this
|
||||
chapter:
|
||||
|
|
@ -2113,7 +2113,7 @@ chapter:
|
|||
<entry><errorname id='BadGC'>BadGC</errorname></entry>
|
||||
<entry>A value for a
|
||||
<type>GContext</type>
|
||||
argument does not name a defined
|
||||
argument does not name a defined
|
||||
<type>GContext</type>.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2192,7 +2192,7 @@ chapter:
|
|||
|
||||
<note>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The
|
||||
The
|
||||
<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>,
|
||||
<errorname>BadColor</errorname>,
|
||||
<errorname>BadCursor</errorname>,
|
||||
|
|
@ -2200,7 +2200,7 @@ The
|
|||
<errorname>BadFont</errorname>,
|
||||
<errorname>BadGC</errorname>,
|
||||
<errorname>BadPixmap</errorname>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
and
|
||||
<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
|
||||
errors are also used when the argument type is extended by a set of
|
||||
fixed alternatives.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2211,7 +2211,7 @@ fixed alternatives.
|
|||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To obtain textual descriptions of the specified error code, use
|
||||
To obtain textual descriptions of the specified error code, use
|
||||
<xref linkend='XGetErrorText' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetErrorText</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2418,7 +2418,7 @@ the major request protocol number is used for the message argument.
|
|||
For an extension request,
|
||||
the extension name (as given by
|
||||
<function>InitExtension</function>)
|
||||
followed by a period (.) and the minor request protocol number
|
||||
followed by a period (.) and the minor request protocol number
|
||||
is used for the message argument.
|
||||
If no string is found in the error database,
|
||||
the default_string is returned to the buffer argument.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2459,7 +2459,7 @@ Specifies the character string.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
The
|
||||
<xref linkend='XDisplayName' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
function returns the name of the display that
|
||||
function returns the name of the display that
|
||||
<xref linkend='XOpenDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
would attempt to use.
|
||||
If a NULL string is specified,
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
|
|
@ -28,11 +28,11 @@ and in server properties.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
The resource manager is a database manager with a twist.
|
||||
In most database systems,
|
||||
In most database systems,
|
||||
you perform a query using an imprecise specification,
|
||||
and you get back a set of records.
|
||||
The resource manager, however, allows you to specify a large
|
||||
set of values with an imprecise specification, to query the database
|
||||
set of values with an imprecise specification, to query the database
|
||||
with a precise specification, and to get back only a single value.
|
||||
This should be used by applications that need to know what the
|
||||
user prefers for colors, fonts, and other resources.
|
||||
|
|
@ -42,9 +42,9 @@ although the resource manager can be and is used in other ways.
|
|||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
For example,
|
||||
a user of your application may want to specify
|
||||
that all windows should have a blue background
|
||||
For example,
|
||||
a user of your application may want to specify
|
||||
that all windows should have a blue background
|
||||
but that all mail-reading windows should have a red background.
|
||||
With well-engineered and coordinated applications,
|
||||
a user can define this information using only two lines of specifications.
|
||||
|
|
@ -75,24 +75,24 @@ and the first letter of name components is in lowercase.
|
|||
Each name and class finally has an attribute
|
||||
(for example, "foreground" or "font").
|
||||
If each window is properly assigned a name and class,
|
||||
it is easy for the user to specify attributes of any portion
|
||||
it is easy for the user to specify attributes of any portion
|
||||
of the application.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
At the top level,
|
||||
At the top level,
|
||||
the application might consist of a paned window (that is, a window divided
|
||||
into several sections) named "toc".
|
||||
One pane of the paned window is a button box window named "buttons"
|
||||
and is filled with command buttons.
|
||||
and is filled with command buttons.
|
||||
One of these command buttons is used to incorporate
|
||||
new mail and has the name "incorporate".
|
||||
This window has a fully qualified name, "xmh.toc.buttons.incorporate",
|
||||
and a fully qualified class, "Xmh.Paned.Box.Command".
|
||||
Its fully qualified name is the name of its parent, "xmh.toc.buttons",
|
||||
Its fully qualified name is the name of its parent, "xmh.toc.buttons",
|
||||
followed by its name, "incorporate".
|
||||
Its class is the class of its parent, "Xmh.Paned.Box",
|
||||
followed by its particular class, "Command".
|
||||
Its class is the class of its parent, "Xmh.Paned.Box",
|
||||
followed by its particular class, "Command".
|
||||
The fully qualified name of a resource is
|
||||
the attribute's name appended to the object's fully qualified
|
||||
name, and the fully qualified class is its class appended to the object's
|
||||
|
|
@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ class.
|
|||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
The incorporate button might need the following resources:
|
||||
The incorporate button might need the following resources:
|
||||
Title string,
|
||||
Font,
|
||||
Foreground color for its inactive state,
|
||||
|
|
@ -337,12 +337,12 @@ Most uses of the resource manager involve defining names,
|
|||
classes, and representation types as string constants.
|
||||
However, always referring to strings in the resource manager can be slow,
|
||||
because it is so heavily used in some toolkits.
|
||||
To solve this problem,
|
||||
To solve this problem,
|
||||
a shorthand for a string is used in place of the string
|
||||
in many of the resource manager functions.
|
||||
Simple comparisons can be performed rather than string comparisons.
|
||||
The shorthand name for a string is called a quark and is the
|
||||
type
|
||||
type
|
||||
<type>XrmQuark</type>.
|
||||
On some occasions,
|
||||
you may want to allocate a quark that has no string equivalent.
|
||||
|
|
@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ all future calls will return the same value (identical address).
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To convert a quark to a string, use
|
||||
To convert a quark to a string, use
|
||||
<xref linkend='XrmQuarkToString' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ Specifies the string for which a quark list is to be allocated.
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Returns the list of quarks.
|
||||
The caller must allocate sufficient space for the quarks list before calling
|
||||
The caller must allocate sufficient space for the quarks list before calling
|
||||
<xref linkend='XrmStringToQuarkList' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ The
|
|||
<xref linkend='XrmStringToQuarkList' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
function converts the null-terminated string (generally a fully qualified name)
|
||||
to a list of quarks.
|
||||
Note that the string must be in the valid ResourceName format
|
||||
Note that the string must be in the valid ResourceName format
|
||||
(see <link linkend="Resource_File_Syntax">section 15.1</link>).
|
||||
If the string is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,
|
||||
the conversion is implementation-dependent.
|
||||
|
|
@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ Specifies the string for which a quark list is to be allocated.
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Returns the binding list.
|
||||
The caller must allocate sufficient space for the binding list before calling
|
||||
The caller must allocate sufficient space for the binding list before calling
|
||||
<xref linkend='XrmStringToBindingQuarkList' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -642,7 +642,7 @@ The caller must allocate sufficient space for the binding list before calling
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Returns the list of quarks.
|
||||
The caller must allocate sufficient space for the quarks list before calling
|
||||
The caller must allocate sufficient space for the quarks list before calling
|
||||
<xref linkend='XrmStringToBindingQuarkList' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -651,11 +651,11 @@ The caller must allocate sufficient space for the quarks list before calling
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
Component names in the list are separated by a period or
|
||||
Component names in the list are separated by a period or
|
||||
an asterisk character.
|
||||
The string must be in the format of a valid ResourceName
|
||||
(see <link linkend="Resource_File_Syntax">section 15.1</link>).
|
||||
If the string does not start with a period or an asterisk,
|
||||
If the string does not start with a period or an asterisk,
|
||||
a tight binding is assumed.
|
||||
For example, the string ``*a.b*c'' becomes:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -684,9 +684,9 @@ Each database value is stored in an
|
|||
structure.
|
||||
This structure consists of a size, an address, and a representation type.
|
||||
The size is specified in bytes.
|
||||
The representation type is a way for you to store data tagged by some
|
||||
The representation type is a way for you to store data tagged by some
|
||||
application-defined type (for example, the strings ``font'' or ``color'').
|
||||
It has nothing to do with the C data type or with its class.
|
||||
It has nothing to do with the C data type or with its class.
|
||||
The
|
||||
<type>XrmValue</type>
|
||||
structure is defined as:
|
||||
|
|
@ -759,7 +759,7 @@ The specified file should contain a sequence of entries in valid ResourceLine
|
|||
format (see <link linkend="Resource_File_Syntax">section 15.1</link>);
|
||||
the database that results from reading a file
|
||||
with incorrect syntax is implementation-dependent.
|
||||
The file is parsed in the current locale,
|
||||
The file is parsed in the current locale,
|
||||
and the database is created in the current locale.
|
||||
If it cannot open the specified file,
|
||||
<xref linkend='XrmGetFileDatabase' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
|
|
@ -855,7 +855,7 @@ function returns the RESOURCE_MANAGER property from the server's root
|
|||
window of screen zero, which was returned when the connection was opened using
|
||||
<xref linkend='XOpenDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
The property is converted from type STRING to the current locale.
|
||||
The conversion is identical to that produced by
|
||||
The conversion is identical to that produced by
|
||||
<xref linkend='XmbTextPropertyToTextList' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
for a single element STRING property.
|
||||
The returned string is owned by Xlib and should not be freed by the client.
|
||||
|
|
@ -898,7 +898,7 @@ The
|
|||
function returns the SCREEN_RESOURCES property from the root window of the
|
||||
specified screen.
|
||||
The property is converted from type STRING to the current locale.
|
||||
The conversion is identical to that produced by
|
||||
The conversion is identical to that produced by
|
||||
<xref linkend='XmbTextPropertyToTextList' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
for a single element STRING property.
|
||||
The property value must be in a format that is acceptable to
|
||||
|
|
@ -950,7 +950,7 @@ format (see <link linkend="Resource_File_Syntax">section 15.1</link>)
|
|||
terminated by a null character;
|
||||
the database that results from using a string
|
||||
with incorrect syntax is implementation-dependent.
|
||||
The string is parsed in the current locale,
|
||||
The string is parsed in the current locale,
|
||||
and the database is created in the current locale.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1150,7 +1150,7 @@ Specifies the resource database file name.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the resource database into which the source
|
||||
Specifies the resource database into which the source
|
||||
database is to be merged.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1224,7 +1224,7 @@ Specifies the resource database that is to be merged into the target database.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the resource database into which the source
|
||||
Specifies the resource database into which the source
|
||||
database is to be merged.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1294,7 +1294,7 @@ Specifies the resource database that is to be merged into the target database.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the resource database into which the source
|
||||
Specifies the resource database into which the source
|
||||
database is to be merged.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1457,14 +1457,14 @@ Returns the value in the database.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
The
|
||||
The
|
||||
<xref linkend='XrmGetResource' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
and
|
||||
and
|
||||
<xref linkend='XrmQGetResource' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
functions retrieve a resource from the specified database.
|
||||
Both take a fully qualified name/class pair, a destination
|
||||
resource representation, and the address of a value
|
||||
(size/address pair).
|
||||
(size/address pair).
|
||||
The value and returned type point into database memory;
|
||||
therefore, you must not modify the data.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1473,18 +1473,18 @@ therefore, you must not modify the data.
|
|||
The database only frees or overwrites entries on
|
||||
<xref linkend='XrmPutResource' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
|
||||
<xref linkend='XrmQPutResource' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
or
|
||||
<xref linkend='XrmMergeDatabases' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
A client that is not storing new values into the database or
|
||||
is not merging the database should be safe using the address passed
|
||||
is not merging the database should be safe using the address passed
|
||||
back at any time until it exits.
|
||||
If a resource was found, both
|
||||
<xref linkend='XrmGetResource' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<xref linkend='XrmQGetResource' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
return
|
||||
return
|
||||
<symbol>True</symbol>;
|
||||
otherwise, they return
|
||||
otherwise, they return
|
||||
<symbol>False</symbol>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1493,9 +1493,9 @@ otherwise, they return
|
|||
Most applications and toolkits do not make random probes
|
||||
into a resource database to fetch resources.
|
||||
The X toolkit access pattern for a resource database is quite stylized.
|
||||
A series of from 1 to 20 probes is made with only the
|
||||
A series of from 1 to 20 probes is made with only the
|
||||
last name/class differing in each probe.
|
||||
The
|
||||
The
|
||||
<xref linkend='XrmGetResource' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
function is at worst a
|
||||
2<superscript><emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis></superscript> algorithm,
|
||||
|
|
@ -1560,7 +1560,7 @@ Specifies a list of resource classes.
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Returns a search list for further use.
|
||||
The caller must allocate sufficient space for the list before calling
|
||||
The caller must allocate sufficient space for the list before calling
|
||||
<function>XrmQGetSearchList</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1584,12 +1584,12 @@ The
|
|||
function takes a list of names and classes
|
||||
and returns a list of database levels where a match might occur.
|
||||
The returned list is in best-to-worst order and
|
||||
uses the same algorithm as
|
||||
uses the same algorithm as
|
||||
<xref linkend='XrmGetResource' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
for determining precedence.
|
||||
If list_return was large enough for the search list,
|
||||
<function>XrmQGetSearchList</function>
|
||||
returns
|
||||
returns
|
||||
<symbol>True</symbol>;
|
||||
otherwise, it returns
|
||||
<symbol>False</symbol>.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1597,7 +1597,7 @@ otherwise, it returns
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
The size of the search list that the caller must allocate is
|
||||
dependent upon the number of levels and wildcards in the resource specifiers
|
||||
dependent upon the number of levels and wildcards in the resource specifiers
|
||||
that are stored in the database.
|
||||
The worst case length is
|
||||
3<superscript><emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis></superscript>,
|
||||
|
|
@ -1606,10 +1606,10 @@ components in names or classes.
|
|||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
When using
|
||||
When using
|
||||
<function>XrmQGetSearchList</function>
|
||||
followed by multiple probes for resources with a common name and class prefix,
|
||||
only the common prefix should be specified in the name and class list to
|
||||
only the common prefix should be specified in the name and class list to
|
||||
<function>XrmQGetSearchList</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1689,11 +1689,11 @@ Returns the value in the database.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
The
|
||||
<xref linkend='XrmQGetSearchResource' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
function searches the specified database levels for the resource
|
||||
function searches the specified database levels for the resource
|
||||
that is fully identified by the specified name and class.
|
||||
The search stops with the first match.
|
||||
<xref linkend='XrmQGetSearchResource' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
returns
|
||||
returns
|
||||
<symbol>True</symbol>
|
||||
if the resource was found;
|
||||
otherwise, it returns
|
||||
|
|
@ -1701,14 +1701,14 @@ otherwise, it returns
|
|||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
A call to
|
||||
A call to
|
||||
<function>XrmQGetSearchList</function>
|
||||
with a name and class list containing all but the last component
|
||||
of a resource name followed by a call to
|
||||
with a name and class list containing all but the last component
|
||||
of a resource name followed by a call to
|
||||
<xref linkend='XrmQGetSearchResource' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
with the last component name and class returns the same database entry as
|
||||
with the last component name and class returns the same database entry as
|
||||
<xref linkend='XrmGetResource' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
and
|
||||
and
|
||||
<xref linkend='XrmQGetResource' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
with the fully qualified name and class.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2275,7 +2275,7 @@ typedef enum {
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
Note that
|
||||
<constant>XrmoptionSkipArg</constant>
|
||||
is equivalent to
|
||||
is equivalent to
|
||||
<constant>XrmoptionSkipNArgs</constant>
|
||||
with the
|
||||
<structname>XrmOptionDescRec</structname>.<structfield>value</structfield>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2295,7 +2295,7 @@ typedef struct {
|
|||
char *option; /* Option specification string in argv */
|
||||
char *specifier; /* Binding and resource name (sans application name) */
|
||||
XrmOptionKind argKind; /* Which style of option it is */
|
||||
XPointer value; /* Value to provide if XrmoptionNoArg or
|
||||
XPointer value; /* Value to provide if XrmoptionNoArg or
|
||||
\ \ \ XrmoptionSkipNArgs */
|
||||
} XrmOptionDescRec, *XrmOptionDescList;
|
||||
</literallayout>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2405,8 +2405,8 @@ Recognized options in the table are removed from argv,
|
|||
and entries are added to the specified resource database
|
||||
in the order they occur in argv.
|
||||
The table entries contain information on the option string,
|
||||
the option name, the style of option,
|
||||
and a value to provide if the option kind is
|
||||
the option name, the style of option,
|
||||
and a value to provide if the option kind is
|
||||
<constant>XrmoptionNoArg</constant>.
|
||||
The option names are compared byte-for-byte to arguments in argv,
|
||||
independent of any locale.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2467,18 +2467,18 @@ static XrmOptionDescRec opTable[] = {
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
In this table, if the -background (or -bg) option is used to set
|
||||
background colors, the stored resource specifier matches all
|
||||
resources of attribute background.
|
||||
If the -borderwidth option is used,
|
||||
resources of attribute background.
|
||||
If the -borderwidth option is used,
|
||||
the stored resource specifier applies only to border width
|
||||
attributes of class TopLevelShell (that is, outer-most windows, including
|
||||
pop-up windows).
|
||||
pop-up windows).
|
||||
If the -title option is used to set a window name,
|
||||
only the topmost application windows receive the resource.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
When parsing the command line,
|
||||
any unique unambiguous abbreviation for an option name in the table is
|
||||
any unique unambiguous abbreviation for an option name in the table is
|
||||
considered a match for the option.
|
||||
Note that uppercase and lowercase matter.
|
||||
<!-- .bp -->
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ Use the context manager
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
As a group,
|
||||
the functions discussed in this chapter provide the functionality that
|
||||
the functions discussed in this chapter provide the functionality that
|
||||
is frequently needed and that spans toolkits.
|
||||
Many of these functions do not generate actual protocol requests to the server.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ To obtain a KeySym for the KeyCode of an event, use
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the
|
||||
Specifies the
|
||||
<symbol>KeyPress</symbol>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<symbol>KeyRelease</symbol>
|
||||
|
|
@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ Standard KeySym names are obtained from
|
|||
by removing the XK_ prefix from each name.
|
||||
KeySyms that are not part of the Xlib standard also may be obtained
|
||||
with this function.
|
||||
The set of KeySyms that are available in this manner
|
||||
The set of KeySyms that are available in this manner
|
||||
and the mechanisms by which Xlib obtains them is implementation-dependent.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ returns a NULL.
|
|||
<!-- .XE -->
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
You may want to test if a KeySym is, for example,
|
||||
You may want to test if a KeySym is, for example,
|
||||
on the keypad or on one of the function keys.
|
||||
You can use KeySym macros to perform the following tests.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ Specifies the KeySym that is to be tested.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>IsFunctionKey</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
Returns
|
||||
Returns
|
||||
<symbol>True</symbol>
|
||||
if the specified KeySym is a function key.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ Specifies the KeySym that is to be tested.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>IsMiscFunctionKey</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
Returns
|
||||
Returns
|
||||
<symbol>True</symbol>
|
||||
if the specified KeySym is a miscellaneous function key.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ Specifies the KeySym that is to be tested.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>IsModifierKey</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
Returns
|
||||
Returns
|
||||
<symbol>True</symbol>
|
||||
if the specified KeySym is a modifier key.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -636,7 +636,7 @@ Specifies the KeySym that is to be tested.
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>IsPFKey</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
Returns
|
||||
Returns
|
||||
<symbol>True</symbol>
|
||||
if the specified KeySym is a PF key.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ Returns the KeySym computed from the event if this argument is not NULL.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies or returns the
|
||||
Specifies or returns the
|
||||
<structname>XComposeStatus</structname>
|
||||
structure or NULL.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -848,7 +848,7 @@ Specifies the number of modifiers in the modifier list.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the string that is copied and will be returned by
|
||||
Specifies the string that is copied and will be returned by
|
||||
<xref linkend='XLookupString' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1004,7 +1004,7 @@ Specifically, this function lets you parse strings of the form:
|
|||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .\" Start marker code here -->
|
||||
<literallayout class="monospaced">
|
||||
[=][<<emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>>{xX}<<emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>>][{+-}<<emphasis remap='I'>xoffset</emphasis>>{+-}<<emphasis remap='I'>yoffset</emphasis>>]
|
||||
[=][<<emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>>{xX}<<emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>>][{+-}<<emphasis remap='I'>xoffset</emphasis>>{+-}<<emphasis remap='I'>yoffset</emphasis>>]
|
||||
</literallayout>
|
||||
<!-- .\" End marker code here -->
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1022,8 +1022,8 @@ the result is implementation-dependent.
|
|||
The
|
||||
<xref linkend='XParseGeometry' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
function returns a bitmask that indicates which of the four values (width,
|
||||
height, xoffset, and yoffset) were actually found in the string
|
||||
and whether the x and y values are negative.
|
||||
height, xoffset, and yoffset) were actually found in the string
|
||||
and whether the x and y values are negative.
|
||||
By convention, −0 is not equal to +0, because the user needs to
|
||||
be able to say ``position the window relative to the right or bottom edge.''
|
||||
For each value found, the corresponding argument is updated.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1036,19 +1036,19 @@ The bits are represented by
|
|||
<symbol>XNegative</symbol>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
<symbol>YNegative</symbol>
|
||||
and are defined in
|
||||
and are defined in
|
||||
<filename class="headerfile"><X11/Xutil.h></filename>.
|
||||
<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xutil.h</filename></primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile"><X11/Xutil.h></filename></secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile"><X11/Xutil.h></filename></secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
They will be set whenever one of the values is defined
|
||||
They will be set whenever one of the values is defined
|
||||
or one of the signs is set.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
If the function returns either the
|
||||
If the function returns either the
|
||||
<symbol>XValue</symbol>
|
||||
or
|
||||
or
|
||||
<symbol>YValue</symbol>
|
||||
flag,
|
||||
you should place the window at the requested position.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1195,12 +1195,12 @@ Returns the window gravity.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
The
|
||||
The
|
||||
<xref linkend='XWMGeometry' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
function combines any geometry information (given in the format used by
|
||||
function combines any geometry information (given in the format used by
|
||||
<xref linkend='XParseGeometry' xrefstyle='select: title'/>)
|
||||
specified by the user and by the calling program with size hints
|
||||
(usually the ones to be stored in <property>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</property>) and returns the position,
|
||||
specified by the user and by the calling program with size hints
|
||||
(usually the ones to be stored in <property>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</property>) and returns the position,
|
||||
size, and gravity
|
||||
(<symbol>NorthWestGravity</symbol>,
|
||||
<symbol>NorthEastGravity</symbol>,
|
||||
|
|
@ -1208,26 +1208,26 @@ size, and gravity
|
|||
or
|
||||
<symbol>SouthWestGravity</symbol>)
|
||||
that describe the window.
|
||||
If the base size is not set in the
|
||||
If the base size is not set in the
|
||||
<structname>XSizeHints</structname>
|
||||
structure,
|
||||
structure,
|
||||
the minimum size is used if set.
|
||||
Otherwise, a base size of zero is assumed.
|
||||
If no minimum size is set in the hints structure,
|
||||
If no minimum size is set in the hints structure,
|
||||
the base size is used.
|
||||
A mask (in the form returned by
|
||||
A mask (in the form returned by
|
||||
<xref linkend='XParseGeometry' xrefstyle='select: title'/>)
|
||||
that describes which values came from the user specification
|
||||
that describes which values came from the user specification
|
||||
and whether or not the position coordinates are relative
|
||||
to the right and bottom edges is returned.
|
||||
Note that these coordinates will have already been accounted for
|
||||
Note that these coordinates will have already been accounted for
|
||||
in the x_return and y_return values.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
Note that invalid geometry specifications can cause a width or height
|
||||
Note that invalid geometry specifications can cause a width or height
|
||||
of zero to be returned.
|
||||
The caller may pass the address of the hints win_gravity field
|
||||
The caller may pass the address of the hints win_gravity field
|
||||
as gravity_return to update the hints directly.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1240,9 +1240,9 @@ as gravity_return to update the hints directly.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
Regions are arbitrary sets of pixel locations.
|
||||
Xlib provides functions for manipulating regions.
|
||||
The opaque type
|
||||
The opaque type
|
||||
<structname>Region</structname>
|
||||
is defined in
|
||||
is defined in
|
||||
<filename class="headerfile"><X11/Xutil.h></filename>.
|
||||
<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xutil.h</filename></primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile"><X11/Xutil.h></filename></secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1332,7 +1332,7 @@ Specifies an array of points.
|
|||
</term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the number of points in the polygon.
|
||||
Specifies the number of points in the polygon.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1343,7 +1343,7 @@ Specifies the number of points in the polygon.
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the fill-rule you want to set for the specified GC.
|
||||
You can pass
|
||||
You can pass
|
||||
<symbol>EvenOddRule</symbol>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<symbol>WindingRule</symbol>.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1461,7 +1461,7 @@ Specifies the region.
|
|||
<!-- .XE -->
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
To move a region by a specified amount, use
|
||||
To move a region by a specified amount, use
|
||||
<xref linkend='XOffsetRegion' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XOffsetRegion</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1564,7 +1564,7 @@ which define the amount you want to shrink the specified region.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
Positive values shrink the size of the region,
|
||||
Positive values shrink the size of the region,
|
||||
and negative values expand the region.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1837,7 +1837,7 @@ function subtracts srb from sra and stores the results in dr_return.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To calculate the difference between the union and intersection
|
||||
To calculate the difference between the union and intersection
|
||||
of two regions, use
|
||||
<xref linkend='XXorRegion' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2038,7 +2038,7 @@ Specify the x and y coordinates, which define the point.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
The
|
||||
<xref linkend='XPointInRegion' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
function returns
|
||||
function returns
|
||||
<symbol>True</symbol>
|
||||
if the point (x, y) is contained in the region r.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2159,7 +2159,7 @@ and can be accessed as a ring or as explicit buffers (numbered 0 through 7).
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To store data in cut buffer 0, use
|
||||
To store data in cut buffer 0, use
|
||||
<xref linkend='XStoreBytes' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XStoreBytes</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2298,7 +2298,7 @@ error.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To return data from cut buffer 0, use
|
||||
To return data from cut buffer 0, use
|
||||
<xref linkend='XFetchBytes' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFetchBytes</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2350,7 +2350,7 @@ The client must free this storage when finished with it by calling
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To return data from a specified cut buffer, use
|
||||
To return data from a specified cut buffer, use
|
||||
<xref linkend='XFetchBuffer' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFetchBuffer</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2401,14 +2401,14 @@ Specifies the buffer from which you want the stored data returned.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
The
|
||||
<xref linkend='XFetchBuffer' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
function returns zero to the nbytes_return argument
|
||||
function returns zero to the nbytes_return argument
|
||||
if there is no data in the buffer or if an invalid
|
||||
buffer is specified.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To rotate the cut buffers, use
|
||||
To rotate the cut buffers, use
|
||||
<xref linkend='XRotateBuffers' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRotateBuffers</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2449,7 +2449,7 @@ Specifies how much to rotate the cut buffers.
|
|||
The
|
||||
<xref linkend='XRotateBuffers' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
function rotates the cut
|
||||
buffers, such that buffer 0 becomes buffer n,
|
||||
buffers, such that buffer 0 becomes buffer n,
|
||||
buffer 1 becomes n + 1 mod 8, and so on.
|
||||
This cut buffer numbering is global to the display.
|
||||
Note that
|
||||
|
|
@ -2467,7 +2467,7 @@ errors if any of the eight buffers have not been created.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
A single display can support multiple screens.
|
||||
Each screen can have several different visual types supported
|
||||
Each screen can have several different visual types supported
|
||||
at different depths.
|
||||
You can use the functions described in this section to determine
|
||||
which visual to use for your application.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2591,7 +2591,7 @@ Returns the number of matching visual structures.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
The
|
||||
<xref linkend='XGetVisualInfo' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
function returns a list of visual structures that have attributes
|
||||
function returns a list of visual structures that have attributes
|
||||
equal to the attributes specified by vinfo_template.
|
||||
If no visual structures match the template using the specified vinfo_mask,
|
||||
<xref linkend='XGetVisualInfo' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2696,9 +2696,9 @@ returns zero.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
Xlib provides several functions that perform basic operations on images.
|
||||
All operations on images are defined using an
|
||||
All operations on images are defined using an
|
||||
<structname>XImage</structname>
|
||||
structure,
|
||||
structure,
|
||||
as defined in
|
||||
<filename class="headerfile"><X11/Xlib.h></filename>.
|
||||
<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xlib.h</filename></primary></indexterm>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2718,32 +2718,32 @@ Rather, they are here to provide minimal functions on screen format
|
|||
images.
|
||||
The basic operations for getting and putting images are
|
||||
<xref linkend='XGetImage' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
and
|
||||
and
|
||||
<xref linkend='XPutImage' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
Note that no functions have been defined, as yet, to read and write images
|
||||
Note that no functions have been defined, as yet, to read and write images
|
||||
to and from disk files.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
The
|
||||
<structname>XImage</structname>
|
||||
structure describes an image as it exists in the client's memory.
|
||||
The user can request that some of the members such as height, width,
|
||||
structure describes an image as it exists in the client's memory.
|
||||
The user can request that some of the members such as height, width,
|
||||
and xoffset be changed when the image is sent to the server.
|
||||
Note that bytes_per_line in concert with offset can be used to
|
||||
extract a subset of the image.
|
||||
Other members (for example, byte order, bitmap_unit, and so forth)
|
||||
are characteristics of both the image and the server.
|
||||
are characteristics of both the image and the server.
|
||||
If these members
|
||||
differ between the image and the server,
|
||||
differ between the image and the server,
|
||||
<xref linkend='XPutImage' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
makes the appropriate conversions.
|
||||
The first byte of the first line of
|
||||
plane n must be located at the address (data + (n * height * bytes_per_line)).
|
||||
For a description of the
|
||||
For a description of the
|
||||
<structname>XImage</structname>
|
||||
structure,
|
||||
see <link linkend="Transferring_Images_between_Client_and_Server">section 8.7</link>.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2751,7 +2751,7 @@ see <link linkend="Transferring_Images_between_Client_and_Server">section 8.7</l
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To allocate an
|
||||
To allocate an
|
||||
<structname>XImage</structname>
|
||||
structure and initialize it with image format values from a display, use
|
||||
<xref linkend='XCreateImage' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2817,7 +2817,7 @@ Specifies the format for the image.
|
|||
You can pass
|
||||
<symbol>XYBitmap</symbol>,
|
||||
<symbol>XYPixmap</symbol>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
or
|
||||
<symbol>ZPixmap</symbol>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2869,8 +2869,8 @@ Specifies the height of the image, in pixels.
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the quantum of a scanline (8, 16, or 32).
|
||||
In other words, the start of one scanline is separated in client memory from
|
||||
the start of the next scanline by an integer multiple of this many bits.
|
||||
In other words, the start of one scanline is separated in client memory from
|
||||
the start of the next scanline by an integer multiple of this many bits.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2881,7 +2881,7 @@ the start of the next scanline by an integer multiple of this many bits.
|
|||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Specifies the number of bytes in the client image between
|
||||
the start of one scanline and the start of the next.
|
||||
the start of one scanline and the start of the next.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -2896,15 +2896,15 @@ function allocates the memory needed for an
|
|||
structure for the
|
||||
specified display but does not allocate space for the image itself.
|
||||
Rather, it initializes the structure byte-order, bit-order, and bitmap-unit
|
||||
values from the display and returns a pointer to the
|
||||
values from the display and returns a pointer to the
|
||||
<structname>XImage</structname>
|
||||
structure.
|
||||
The red, green, and blue mask values are defined for Z format images only
|
||||
and are derived from the
|
||||
and are derived from the
|
||||
<structname>Visual</structname>
|
||||
structure passed in.
|
||||
Other values also are passed in.
|
||||
The offset permits the rapid displaying of the image without requiring each
|
||||
The offset permits the rapid displaying of the image without requiring each
|
||||
scanline to be shifted into position.
|
||||
If you pass a zero value in bytes_per_line,
|
||||
Xlib assumes that the scanlines are contiguous
|
||||
|
|
@ -2917,9 +2917,9 @@ Note that when the image is created using
|
|||
<xref linkend='XGetImage' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
<xref linkend='XSubImage' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
|
||||
the destroy procedure that the
|
||||
the destroy procedure that the
|
||||
<xref linkend='XDestroyImage' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
function calls frees both the image structure
|
||||
function calls frees both the image structure
|
||||
and the data pointed to by the image structure.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3242,10 +3242,10 @@ structure.
|
|||
Note that when the image is created using
|
||||
<xref linkend='XCreateImage' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
|
||||
<xref linkend='XGetImage' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
|
||||
or
|
||||
or
|
||||
<xref linkend='XSubImage' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
|
||||
the destroy procedure that this macro calls
|
||||
frees both the image structure and the data pointed to by the image structure.
|
||||
frees both the image structure and the data pointed to by the image structure.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
<sect1 id="Manipulating_Bitmaps">
|
||||
|
|
@ -3256,7 +3256,7 @@ frees both the image structure and the data pointed to by the image structure.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
Xlib provides functions that you can use to read a bitmap from a file,
|
||||
save a bitmap to a file, or create a bitmap.
|
||||
save a bitmap to a file, or create a bitmap.
|
||||
This section describes those functions that transfer bitmaps to and
|
||||
from the client's file system, thus allowing their reuse in a later
|
||||
connection (for example, from an entirely different client or to a
|
||||
|
|
@ -3402,20 +3402,20 @@ The
|
|||
<xref linkend='XReadBitmapFile' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
function reads in a file containing a bitmap.
|
||||
The file is parsed in the encoding of the current locale.
|
||||
The ability to read other than the standard format
|
||||
The ability to read other than the standard format
|
||||
is implementation-dependent.
|
||||
If the file cannot be opened,
|
||||
If the file cannot be opened,
|
||||
<xref linkend='XReadBitmapFile' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
returns
|
||||
returns
|
||||
<returnvalue>BitmapOpenFailed</returnvalue>.
|
||||
If the file can be opened but does not contain valid bitmap data,
|
||||
it returns
|
||||
If the file can be opened but does not contain valid bitmap data,
|
||||
it returns
|
||||
<returnvalue>BitmapFileInvalid</returnvalue>.
|
||||
If insufficient working storage is allocated,
|
||||
it returns
|
||||
<returnvalue>BitmapNoMemory</returnvalue>.
|
||||
If the file is readable and valid,
|
||||
it returns
|
||||
it returns
|
||||
<returnvalue>BitmapSuccess</returnvalue>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3423,10 +3423,10 @@ it returns
|
|||
<xref linkend='XReadBitmapFile' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
returns the bitmap's height and width, as read
|
||||
from the file, to width_return and height_return.
|
||||
It then creates a pixmap of the appropriate size,
|
||||
It then creates a pixmap of the appropriate size,
|
||||
reads the bitmap data from the file into the pixmap,
|
||||
and assigns the pixmap to the caller's variable bitmap.
|
||||
The caller must free the bitmap using
|
||||
and assigns the pixmap to the caller's variable bitmap.
|
||||
The caller must free the bitmap using
|
||||
<xref linkend='XFreePixmap' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
when finished.
|
||||
If <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>_x_hot and <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>_y_hot exist,
|
||||
|
|
@ -3649,8 +3649,8 @@ function writes a bitmap out to a file in the X Version 11 format.
|
|||
The name used in the output file is derived from the file name
|
||||
by deleting the directory prefix.
|
||||
The file is written in the encoding of the current locale.
|
||||
If the file cannot be opened for writing,
|
||||
it returns
|
||||
If the file cannot be opened for writing,
|
||||
it returns
|
||||
<returnvalue>BitmapOpenFailed</returnvalue>.
|
||||
If insufficient memory is allocated,
|
||||
<xref linkend='XWriteBitmapFile' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
|
|
@ -3805,7 +3805,7 @@ errors.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
<!-- .sp -->
|
||||
To include a bitmap written out by
|
||||
To include a bitmap written out by
|
||||
<xref linkend='XWriteBitmapFile' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
<indexterm><primary>XWriteBitmapFile</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
in a program directly, as opposed to reading it in every time at run time, use
|
||||
|
|
@ -3927,18 +3927,18 @@ errors.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
The context manager provides a way of associating data with an X resource ID
|
||||
(mostly typically a window) in your program.
|
||||
(mostly typically a window) in your program.
|
||||
Note that this is local to your program;
|
||||
the data is not stored in the server on a property list.
|
||||
Any amount of data in any number of pieces can be associated with a
|
||||
resource ID,
|
||||
and each piece of data has a type associated with it.
|
||||
and each piece of data has a type associated with it.
|
||||
The context manager requires knowledge of the resource ID
|
||||
and type to store or retrieve data.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<!-- .LP -->
|
||||
Essentially, the context manager can be viewed as a two-dimensional,
|
||||
Essentially, the context manager can be viewed as a two-dimensional,
|
||||
sparse array: one dimension is subscripted by the X resource ID
|
||||
and the other by a context type field.
|
||||
Each entry in the array contains a pointer to the data.
|
||||
|
|
@ -4152,7 +4152,7 @@ Specifies the context type to which the data belongs.
|
|||
<!-- .eM -->
|
||||
The
|
||||
<xref linkend='XDeleteContext' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
function deletes the entry for the given resource ID
|
||||
function deletes the entry for the given resource ID
|
||||
and type from the data structure.
|
||||
This function returns the same error codes that
|
||||
<xref linkend='XFindContext' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -8,11 +8,11 @@ The design and implementation of the first 10 versions of X
|
|||
were primarily the work of three individuals: Robert Scheifler of the
|
||||
MIT Laboratory for Computer Science and Jim Gettys of Digital
|
||||
Equipment Corporation and Ron Newman of MIT, both at MIT
|
||||
Project Athena.
|
||||
X version 11, however, is the result of the efforts of
|
||||
Project Athena.
|
||||
X version 11, however, is the result of the efforts of
|
||||
dozens of individuals at almost as many locations and organizations.
|
||||
At the risk of offending some of the players by exclusion,
|
||||
we would like to acknowledge some of the people who deserve special credit
|
||||
At the risk of offending some of the players by exclusion,
|
||||
we would like to acknowledge some of the people who deserve special credit
|
||||
and recognition for their work on Xlib.
|
||||
Our apologies to anyone inadvertently overlooked.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -24,25 +24,25 @@ who contributed substantially to the
|
|||
design and implementation of the Version 11 Xlib interface.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Our thanks also goes to Ralph Swick (Project Athena and Digital) who kept
|
||||
Our thanks also goes to Ralph Swick (Project Athena and Digital) who kept
|
||||
it all together for us during the early releases.
|
||||
He handled literally thousands of requests from people everywhere
|
||||
and saved the sanity of at least one of us.
|
||||
His calm good cheer was a foundation on which we could build.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Our thanks also goes to Todd Brunhoff (Tektronix) who was ``loaned''
|
||||
to Project Athena at exactly the right moment to provide very capable
|
||||
Our thanks also goes to Todd Brunhoff (Tektronix) who was ``loaned''
|
||||
to Project Athena at exactly the right moment to provide very capable
|
||||
and much-needed assistance during the alpha and beta releases.
|
||||
He was responsible for the successful integration of sources
|
||||
from multiple sites;
|
||||
we would not have had a release without him.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Our thanks also goes to Al Mento and Al Wojtas of Digital's ULTRIX
|
||||
Our thanks also goes to Al Mento and Al Wojtas of Digital's ULTRIX
|
||||
Documentation Group.
|
||||
With good humor and cheer,
|
||||
they took a rough draft and made it an infinitely better and more useful
|
||||
they took a rough draft and made it an infinitely better and more useful
|
||||
document.
|
||||
The work they have done will help many everywhere.
|
||||
We also would like to thank Hal Murray (Digital SRC) and
|
||||
|
|
@ -50,13 +50,13 @@ Peter George (Digital VMS) who contributed much
|
|||
by proofreading the early drafts of this document.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Our thanks also goes to Jeff Dike (Digital UEG), Tom Benson,
|
||||
Jackie Granfield, and Vince Orgovan (Digital VMS) who helped with the
|
||||
Our thanks also goes to Jeff Dike (Digital UEG), Tom Benson,
|
||||
Jackie Granfield, and Vince Orgovan (Digital VMS) who helped with the
|
||||
library utilities implementation;
|
||||
to Hania Gajewska (Digital UEG-WSL) who,
|
||||
along with Ellis Cohen (CMU and Siemens),
|
||||
was instrumental in the semantic design of the window manager properties;
|
||||
and to Dave Rosenthal (Sun Microsystems) who also contributed to the protocol
|
||||
and to Dave Rosenthal (Sun Microsystems) who also contributed to the protocol
|
||||
and provided the sample generic color frame buffer device-dependent code.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -65,24 +65,24 @@ as well.
|
|||
It is significant
|
||||
that the bug reports (and many fixes) during alpha and beta test came almost
|
||||
exclusively from just a few of the alpha testers, mostly hardware vendors
|
||||
working on product implementations of X.
|
||||
working on product implementations of X.
|
||||
The continued public
|
||||
contribution of vendors and universities is certainly to the benefit
|
||||
contribution of vendors and universities is certainly to the benefit
|
||||
of the entire X community.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Our special thanks must go to Sam Fuller, Vice-President of Corporate
|
||||
Research at Digital, who has remained committed to the widest public
|
||||
Research at Digital, who has remained committed to the widest public
|
||||
availability of X and who made it possible to greatly supplement MIT's
|
||||
resources with the Digital staff in order to make version 11 a reality.
|
||||
Many of the people mentioned here are part of the Western
|
||||
Software Laboratory (Digital UEG-WSL) of the ULTRIX Engineering group
|
||||
and work for Smokey Wallace, who has been vital to the project's success.
|
||||
Others not mentioned here worked on the toolkit and are acknowledged
|
||||
and work for Smokey Wallace, who has been vital to the project's success.
|
||||
Others not mentioned here worked on the toolkit and are acknowledged
|
||||
in the X Toolkit documentation.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Of course,
|
||||
Of course,
|
||||
we must particularly thank Paul Asente, formerly of Stanford University
|
||||
and now of Digital UEG-WSL, who wrote W, the predecessor to X,
|
||||
and Brian Reid, formerly of Stanford University and now of Digital WRL,
|
||||
|
|
@ -137,8 +137,8 @@ Shoji Sugiyama (IBM), and Eiji Tosa (IBM).
|
|||
We are deeply indebted to Tatsuya Kato (NTT),
|
||||
Hiroshi Kuribayashi (OMRON), Seiji Kuwari (OMRON), Muneiyoshi Suzuki (NTT),
|
||||
and Li Yuhong (OMRON) for producing one of the first complete
|
||||
sample implementation of the internationalization facilities, and
|
||||
Hiromu Inukai (Nihon Sun), Takashi Fujiwara (Fujitsu), Hideki Hiura (Sun),
|
||||
sample implementation of the internationalization facilities, and
|
||||
Hiromu Inukai (Nihon Sun), Takashi Fujiwara (Fujitsu), Hideki Hiura (Sun),
|
||||
Yasuhiro Kawai (Oki Technosystems Laboratory), Kazunori Nishihara (Fuji Xerox),
|
||||
Masaki Takeuchi (Sony), Katsuhisa Yano (Toshiba),
|
||||
Makoto Wakamatsu (Sony Corporation) for producing the another complete
|
||||
|
|
@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ sample implementation of the internationalization facilities.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
The principal authors (design and implementation) of the Xcms color
|
||||
management facilities are Al Tabayoyon (Tektronix)
|
||||
and Chuck Adams (Tektronix).
|
||||
and Chuck Adams (Tektronix).
|
||||
Joann Taylor (Tektronix), Bob Toole (Tektronix),
|
||||
and Keith Packard (MIT X Consortium) also
|
||||
contributed significantly to the design. Others who contributed are:
|
||||
|
|
@ -186,19 +186,19 @@ Makoto Wakamatsu (Sony), Masaki Wakao (IBM), Katsuhisa Yano(Toshiba) and
|
|||
Jinsoo Yoon (KAIST).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The principal producers of the sample implementation of the
|
||||
internationalization facilities are:
|
||||
The principal producers of the sample implementation of the
|
||||
internationalization facilities are:
|
||||
Jeffrey Bloomfield (Fujitsu OSSI), Takashi Fujiwara (Fujitsu),
|
||||
Hideki Hiura (SunSoft), Yoshio Horiuchi (IBM),
|
||||
Makoto Inada (Digital), Hiromu Inukai (Nihon SunSoft),
|
||||
Song JaeKyung (KAIST), Riki Kawaguchi (Fujitsu),
|
||||
Franky Ling (Digital), Hiroyuki Miyamoto (Digital),
|
||||
Hidetoshi Tajima (HP), Toshimitsu Terazono (Fujitsu),
|
||||
Makoto Wakamatsu (Sony), Masaki Wakao (IBM),
|
||||
Hideki Hiura (SunSoft), Yoshio Horiuchi (IBM),
|
||||
Makoto Inada (Digital), Hiromu Inukai (Nihon SunSoft),
|
||||
Song JaeKyung (KAIST), Riki Kawaguchi (Fujitsu),
|
||||
Franky Ling (Digital), Hiroyuki Miyamoto (Digital),
|
||||
Hidetoshi Tajima (HP), Toshimitsu Terazono (Fujitsu),
|
||||
Makoto Wakamatsu (Sony), Masaki Wakao (IBM),
|
||||
Shigeru Yamada (Fujitsu OSSI) and Katsuhisa Yano (Toshiba).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The coordinators of the integration, testing, and release of this
|
||||
The coordinators of the integration, testing, and release of this
|
||||
implementation of the internationalization facilities are
|
||||
Nobuyuki Tanaka (Sony) and Makoto Wakamatsu (Sony).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -207,8 +207,8 @@ Others who have contributed to the architectural design or
|
|||
testing of the sample implementation of the
|
||||
internationalization facilities are:
|
||||
Hector Chan (Digital), Michael Kung (IBM), Joseph Kwok (Digital),
|
||||
Hiroyuki Machida (Sony), Nelson Ng (SunSoft), Frank Rojas (IBM),
|
||||
Yoshiyuki Segawa (Fujitsu OSSI), Makiko Shimamura (Fujitsu),
|
||||
Hiroyuki Machida (Sony), Nelson Ng (SunSoft), Frank Rojas (IBM),
|
||||
Yoshiyuki Segawa (Fujitsu OSSI), Makiko Shimamura (Fujitsu),
|
||||
Shoji Sugiyama (IBM), Lining Sun (SGI), Masaki Takeuchi (Sony),
|
||||
Jinsoo Yoon (KAIST) and Akiyasu Zen (HP).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -8,15 +8,15 @@
|
|||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Access control list</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
X maintains a list of hosts from which client programs can be run.
|
||||
By default,
|
||||
X maintains a list of hosts from which client programs can be run.
|
||||
By default,
|
||||
only programs on the local host and hosts specified in an initial list read
|
||||
by the server can use the display.
|
||||
This access control list can be changed by clients on the local host.
|
||||
This access control list can be changed by clients on the local host.
|
||||
Some server implementations can also implement other authorization mechanisms
|
||||
in addition to or in place of this mechanism.
|
||||
The action of this mechanism can be conditional based on the authorization
|
||||
protocol name and data received by the server at connection setup.
|
||||
The action of this mechanism can be conditional based on the authorization
|
||||
protocol name and data received by the server at connection setup.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</glossdef>
|
||||
</glossentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ protocol name and data received by the server at connection setup.
|
|||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Active grab</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
A grab is active when the pointer or keyboard is actually owned by the
|
||||
A grab is active when the pointer or keyboard is actually owned by the
|
||||
single grabbing client.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</glossdef>
|
||||
|
|
@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ Atoms are used to identify properties, types, and selections.
|
|||
An
|
||||
<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>
|
||||
window can have a background, which is defined as a pixmap.
|
||||
When regions of the window have their contents lost
|
||||
When regions of the window have their contents lost
|
||||
or invalidated,
|
||||
the server automatically tiles those regions with the background.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ the server automatically tiles those regions with the background.
|
|||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Backing store</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
When a server maintains the contents of a window,
|
||||
When a server maintains the contents of a window,
|
||||
the pixels saved off-screen are known as a backing store.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</glossdef>
|
||||
|
|
@ -78,24 +78,24 @@ the pixels saved off-screen are known as a backing store.
|
|||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Base font name</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
A font name used to select a family of fonts whose members may be encoded
|
||||
A font name used to select a family of fonts whose members may be encoded
|
||||
in various charsets.
|
||||
The
|
||||
<structfield>CharSetRegistry</structfield>
|
||||
and
|
||||
and
|
||||
<structfield>CharSetEncoding</structfield>
|
||||
fields of an <acronym>XLFD</acronym> name identify the charset of the font.
|
||||
A base font name may be a full <acronym>XLFD</acronym> name, with all fourteen '-' delimiters,
|
||||
A base font name may be a full <acronym>XLFD</acronym> name, with all fourteen '-' delimiters,
|
||||
or an abbreviated <acronym>XLFD</acronym> name containing only the first 12 fields of an <acronym>XLFD</acronym> name,
|
||||
up to but not including
|
||||
up to but not including
|
||||
<structfield>CharSetRegistry</structfield>,
|
||||
with or without the thirteenth '-', or a non-<acronym>XLFD</acronym> name.
|
||||
Any <acronym>XLFD</acronym> fields may contain wild cards.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
When creating an
|
||||
When creating an
|
||||
<type>XFontSet</type>,
|
||||
Xlib accepts from the client a list of one or more base font names
|
||||
Xlib accepts from the client a list of one or more base font names
|
||||
which select one or more font families.
|
||||
They are combined with charset names obtained from the encoding of the locale
|
||||
to load the fonts required to render text.
|
||||
|
|
@ -107,9 +107,9 @@ to load the fonts required to render text.
|
|||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Bit</primary><secondary>gravity</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
When a window is resized,
|
||||
the contents of the window are not necessarily discarded.
|
||||
It is possible to request that the server relocate the previous contents
|
||||
When a window is resized,
|
||||
the contents of the window are not necessarily discarded.
|
||||
It is possible to request that the server relocate the previous contents
|
||||
to some region of the window (though no guarantees are made).
|
||||
This attraction of window contents for some location of
|
||||
a window is known as bit gravity.
|
||||
|
|
@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ Exposure events are never generated for border regions.
|
|||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Buttons on the pointer can be passively grabbed by a client.
|
||||
When the button is pressed,
|
||||
When the button is pressed,
|
||||
the pointer is then actively grabbed by the client.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</glossdef>
|
||||
|
|
@ -165,11 +165,11 @@ the pointer is then actively grabbed by the client.
|
|||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Byte</primary><secondary>order</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
For image (pixmap/bitmap) data,
|
||||
For image (pixmap/bitmap) data,
|
||||
the server defines the byte order,
|
||||
and clients with different native byte ordering must swap bytes as
|
||||
necessary.
|
||||
For all other parts of the protocol,
|
||||
necessary.
|
||||
For all other parts of the protocol,
|
||||
the client defines the byte order,
|
||||
and the server swaps bytes as necessary.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ and the server swaps bytes as necessary.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
A member of a set of elements used for the organization,
|
||||
control, or representation of text (ISO2022, as adapted by XPG3).
|
||||
Note that in ISO2022 terms, a character is not bound to a coded value
|
||||
Note that in ISO2022 terms, a character is not bound to a coded value
|
||||
until it is identified as part of a coded character set.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</glossdef>
|
||||
|
|
@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ A collection of characters.
|
|||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Charset</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
An encoding with a uniform, state-independent mapping from characters
|
||||
An encoding with a uniform, state-independent mapping from characters
|
||||
to codepoints.
|
||||
A coded character set.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -264,12 +264,12 @@ windows for further information about valid window types.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
An application program connects to the window system server by some
|
||||
interprocess communication (<acronym>IPC</acronym>) path, such as a <acronym>TCP</acronym> connection or a
|
||||
shared memory buffer.
|
||||
This program is referred to as a client of the window system server.
|
||||
More precisely,
|
||||
the client is the <acronym>IPC</acronym> path itself.
|
||||
shared memory buffer.
|
||||
This program is referred to as a client of the window system server.
|
||||
More precisely,
|
||||
the client is the <acronym>IPC</acronym> path itself.
|
||||
A program with multiple paths open to the server is viewed as
|
||||
multiple clients by the protocol.
|
||||
multiple clients by the protocol.
|
||||
Resource lifetimes are controlled by
|
||||
connection lifetimes, not by program lifetimes.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -280,9 +280,9 @@ connection lifetimes, not by program lifetimes.
|
|||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Clipping region</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
In a graphics context,
|
||||
In a graphics context,
|
||||
a bitmap or list of rectangles can be specified
|
||||
to restrict output to a particular region of the window.
|
||||
to restrict output to a particular region of the window.
|
||||
The image defined by the bitmap or rectangles is called a clipping region.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</glossdef>
|
||||
|
|
@ -301,8 +301,8 @@ A character bound to a codepoint.
|
|||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Coded character set</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
A set of unambiguous rules that establishes a character set
|
||||
and the one-to-one relationship between each character of the set
|
||||
A set of unambiguous rules that establishes a character set
|
||||
and the one-to-one relationship between each character of the set
|
||||
and its bit representation.
|
||||
(ISO2022, as adapted by XPG3)
|
||||
A definition of a one-to-one mapping of a set of characters to a set of
|
||||
|
|
@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ A colormap consists of a set of entries defining color values.
|
|||
The colormap associated with a window is used to display the contents of
|
||||
the window; each pixel value indexes the colormap to produce an <acronym>RGB</acronym> value
|
||||
that drives the guns of a monitor.
|
||||
Depending on hardware limitations,
|
||||
Depending on hardware limitations,
|
||||
one or more colormaps can be installed at one time so
|
||||
that windows associated with those maps display with true colors.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -352,8 +352,8 @@ connection to the server over which requests and events are sent.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
A window contains the pointer if the window is viewable and the
|
||||
hotspot of the cursor is within a visible region of the window or a
|
||||
visible region of one of its inferiors.
|
||||
The border of the window is included as part of the window for containment.
|
||||
visible region of one of its inferiors.
|
||||
The border of the window is included as part of the window for containment.
|
||||
The pointer is in a window if the window contains the pointer
|
||||
but no inferior contains the pointer.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -364,11 +364,11 @@ but no inferior contains the pointer.
|
|||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Coordinate system</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The coordinate system has X horizontal and Y vertical,
|
||||
with the origin [0, 0] at the upper left.
|
||||
The coordinate system has X horizontal and Y vertical,
|
||||
with the origin [0, 0] at the upper left.
|
||||
Coordinates are integral and coincide with pixel centers.
|
||||
Each window and pixmap has its own coordinate system.
|
||||
For a window,
|
||||
Each window and pixmap has its own coordinate system.
|
||||
For a window,
|
||||
the origin is inside the border at the inside upper-left corner.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</glossdef>
|
||||
|
|
@ -378,9 +378,9 @@ the origin is inside the border at the inside upper-left corner.
|
|||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Cursor</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
A cursor is the visible shape of the pointer on a screen.
|
||||
It consists of a hotspot, a source bitmap, a shape bitmap,
|
||||
and a pair of colors.
|
||||
A cursor is the visible shape of the pointer on a screen.
|
||||
It consists of a hotspot, a source bitmap, a shape bitmap,
|
||||
and a pair of colors.
|
||||
The cursor defined for a window controls the visible
|
||||
appearance when the pointer is in that window.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -404,9 +404,9 @@ used in conjunction with graphics output.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
Keyboards, mice, tablets, track-balls, button boxes, and so on are all
|
||||
collectively known as input devices.
|
||||
Pointers can have one or more buttons
|
||||
Pointers can have one or more buttons
|
||||
(the most common number is three).
|
||||
The core protocol only deals with two devices: the keyboard
|
||||
The core protocol only deals with two devices: the keyboard
|
||||
and the pointer.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</glossdef>
|
||||
|
|
@ -419,10 +419,10 @@ and the pointer.
|
|||
<symbol>DirectColor</symbol>
|
||||
is a class of colormap in which a pixel value is decomposed into three
|
||||
separate subfields for indexing.
|
||||
The first subfield indexes an array to produce red intensity values.
|
||||
The first subfield indexes an array to produce red intensity values.
|
||||
The second subfield indexes a second array to produce blue intensity values.
|
||||
The third subfield indexes a third array to produce green intensity values.
|
||||
The <acronym>RGB</acronym> (red, green, and blue) values in the colormap entry can be
|
||||
The <acronym>RGB</acronym> (red, green, and blue) values in the colormap entry can be
|
||||
changed dynamically.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</glossdef>
|
||||
|
|
@ -447,10 +447,10 @@ particular connection.
|
|||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Drawable</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Both windows and pixmaps can be used as sources and destinations
|
||||
in graphics operations.
|
||||
Both windows and pixmaps can be used as sources and destinations
|
||||
in graphics operations.
|
||||
These windows and pixmaps are collectively known as drawables.
|
||||
However, an
|
||||
However, an
|
||||
<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>
|
||||
window cannot be used as a source or destination in a
|
||||
graphics operation.
|
||||
|
|
@ -462,12 +462,12 @@ graphics operation.
|
|||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Encoding</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
A set of unambiguous rules that establishes a character set
|
||||
A set of unambiguous rules that establishes a character set
|
||||
and a relationship between the characters and their representations.
|
||||
The character set does not have to be fixed to a finite pre-defined set of
|
||||
characters.
|
||||
The representations do not have to be of uniform length.
|
||||
Examples are an ISO2022 graphic set, a state-independent
|
||||
Examples are an ISO2022 graphic set, a state-independent
|
||||
or state-dependent combination of graphic sets, possibly including control
|
||||
sets, and the X Compound Text encoding.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ components of an <acronym>XLFD</acronym>
|
|||
name; the name of a charset of the locale for which a font could not be
|
||||
found; or an atom which identifies the encoding of a text property or
|
||||
which names an encoding for a text selection target type.
|
||||
Encoding names should be composed of characters from the X Portable
|
||||
Encoding names should be composed of characters from the X Portable
|
||||
Character Set.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</glossdef>
|
||||
|
|
@ -504,11 +504,11 @@ character (that is, the one following the given string) to be drawn.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
Clients are informed of information asynchronously by means of events.
|
||||
These events can be either asynchronously generated from devices or
|
||||
generated as side effects of client requests.
|
||||
Events are grouped into types.
|
||||
generated as side effects of client requests.
|
||||
Events are grouped into types.
|
||||
The server never sends an event to a client unless the
|
||||
client has specifically asked to be informed of that type of event.
|
||||
However, clients can force events to be sent to other clients.
|
||||
However, clients can force events to be sent to other clients.
|
||||
Events are typically reported relative to a window.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</glossdef>
|
||||
|
|
@ -518,8 +518,8 @@ Events are typically reported relative to a window.
|
|||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Event</primary><secondary>mask</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Events are requested relative to a window.
|
||||
The set of event types a client requests relative to a window is described
|
||||
Events are requested relative to a window.
|
||||
The set of event types a client requests relative to a window is described
|
||||
by using an event mask.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</glossdef>
|
||||
|
|
@ -553,8 +553,8 @@ the source of a device-related event.
|
|||
There are certain race conditions possible when demultiplexing device
|
||||
events to clients (in particular, deciding where pointer and keyboard
|
||||
events should be sent when in the middle of window management
|
||||
operations).
|
||||
The event synchronization mechanism allows synchronous processing of
|
||||
operations).
|
||||
The event synchronization mechanism allows synchronous processing of
|
||||
device events.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</glossdef>
|
||||
|
|
@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ device events.
|
|||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Servers do not guarantee to preserve the contents of windows when
|
||||
windows are obscured or reconfigured.
|
||||
windows are obscured or reconfigured.
|
||||
Exposure events are sent to clients to inform them when contents of regions
|
||||
of windows have been lost.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ of windows have been lost.
|
|||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Extension</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Named extensions to the core protocol can be defined to extend the system.
|
||||
Named extensions to the core protocol can be defined to extend the system.
|
||||
Extensions to output requests, resources, and event types are all possible
|
||||
and expected.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -587,10 +587,10 @@ and expected.
|
|||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Font</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
A font is an array of glyphs (typically characters).
|
||||
The protocol does no translation or interpretation of character sets.
|
||||
The client simply indicates values used to index the glyph array.
|
||||
A font contains additional metric information to determine interglyph
|
||||
A font is an array of glyphs (typically characters).
|
||||
The protocol does no translation or interpretation of character sets.
|
||||
The client simply indicates values used to index the glyph array.
|
||||
A font contains additional metric information to determine interglyph
|
||||
and interline spacing.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</glossdef>
|
||||
|
|
@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ not bound to a codepoint.
|
|||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Glyph image</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
An image of a glyph, as obtained from a glyph representation displayed
|
||||
An image of a glyph, as obtained from a glyph representation displayed
|
||||
on a presentation surface.
|
||||
(ISO/IEC/DIS 9541-1)
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -651,9 +651,9 @@ on a presentation surface.
|
|||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Grab</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Keyboard keys, the keyboard, pointer buttons, the pointer,
|
||||
and the server can be grabbed for exclusive use by a client.
|
||||
In general,
|
||||
Keyboard keys, the keyboard, pointer buttons, the pointer,
|
||||
and the server can be grabbed for exclusive use by a client.
|
||||
In general,
|
||||
these facilities are not intended to be used by normal applications
|
||||
but are intended for various input and window managers to implement various
|
||||
styles of user interfaces.
|
||||
|
|
@ -670,7 +670,7 @@ context (<acronym>GC</acronym>), such as foreground pixel, background
|
|||
pixel, line width, clipping region, and so on.
|
||||
A graphics context can only
|
||||
be used with drawables that have the same root and the same depth as
|
||||
the graphics context.
|
||||
the graphics context.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</glossdef>
|
||||
</glossentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -692,9 +692,9 @@ See <glossterm linkend="glossary:Bit_gravity">Bit gravity</glossterm> and
|
|||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<symbol>GrayScale</symbol>
|
||||
can be viewed as a degenerate case of
|
||||
can be viewed as a degenerate case of
|
||||
<glossterm linkend="glossary:PseudoColor"><symbol>PseudoColor</symbol></glossterm>,
|
||||
in which the red, green, and blue values in any given colormap entry
|
||||
in which the red, green, and blue values in any given colormap entry
|
||||
are equal and thus, produce shades of gray.
|
||||
The gray values can be changed dynamically.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ cursor corresponding to the coordinates reported for the pointer.
|
|||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
An identifier is a unique value associated with a resource
|
||||
that clients use to name that resource.
|
||||
that clients use to name that resource.
|
||||
The identifier can be used over any connection to name the resource.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</glossdef>
|
||||
|
|
@ -752,7 +752,7 @@ the children, the children's children, and so on.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
The input focus is usually a window defining the scope for processing
|
||||
of keyboard input.
|
||||
If a generated keyboard event usually would be reported to this window
|
||||
If a generated keyboard event usually would be reported to this window
|
||||
or one of its inferiors,
|
||||
the event is reported as usual.
|
||||
Otherwise, the event is reported with respect to the focus window.
|
||||
|
|
@ -767,7 +767,7 @@ of whatever screen the pointer is on at each keyboard event.
|
|||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Input</primary><secondary>manager</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Control over keyboard input is typically provided by an input manager
|
||||
Control over keyboard input is typically provided by an input manager
|
||||
client, which usually is part of a window manager.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</glossdef>
|
||||
|
|
@ -779,12 +779,12 @@ client, which usually is part of a window manager.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
An
|
||||
<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>
|
||||
window is a window that cannot be used for graphics requests.
|
||||
window is a window that cannot be used for graphics requests.
|
||||
<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>
|
||||
windows are invisible and are used to control such things as cursors,
|
||||
input event generation, and grabbing.
|
||||
<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>
|
||||
windows cannot have
|
||||
windows cannot have
|
||||
<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>
|
||||
windows as inferiors.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -799,9 +799,9 @@ An
|
|||
<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>
|
||||
window is the normal kind of window that is used for both input and output.
|
||||
<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>
|
||||
windows can have both
|
||||
windows can have both
|
||||
<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>
|
||||
and
|
||||
and
|
||||
<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>
|
||||
windows as inferiors.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -814,7 +814,7 @@ windows as inferiors.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
The process of making software adaptable to the requirements
|
||||
of different native languages, local customs, and character string encodings.
|
||||
Making a computer program adaptable to different locales
|
||||
Making a computer program adaptable to different locales
|
||||
without program source modifications or recompilation.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</glossdef>
|
||||
|
|
@ -824,7 +824,7 @@ without program source modifications or recompilation.
|
|||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>ISO2022</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
ISO standard for code extension techniques for 7-bit and 8-bit coded
|
||||
ISO standard for code extension techniques for 7-bit and 8-bit coded
|
||||
character sets.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</glossdef>
|
||||
|
|
@ -834,8 +834,8 @@ character sets.
|
|||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Key</primary><secondary>grabbing</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Keys on the keyboard can be passively grabbed by a client.
|
||||
When the key is pressed,
|
||||
Keys on the keyboard can be passively grabbed by a client.
|
||||
When the key is pressed,
|
||||
the keyboard is then actively grabbed by the client.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</glossdef>
|
||||
|
|
@ -920,7 +920,7 @@ Encoding and decoding for inter-client text communication
|
|||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Locale name</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The identifier used to select the desired locale for the host C library
|
||||
The identifier used to select the desired locale for the host C library
|
||||
and X library functions.
|
||||
On ANSI C library compliant systems,
|
||||
the locale argument to the
|
||||
|
|
@ -934,8 +934,8 @@ function.
|
|||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Localization</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The process of establishing information within a computer system specific
|
||||
to the operation of particular native languages, local customs
|
||||
The process of establishing information within a computer system specific
|
||||
to the operation of particular native languages, local customs
|
||||
and coded character sets.
|
||||
(XPG3)
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -966,7 +966,7 @@ ShiftLock, and similar keys are called modifier keys.
|
|||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Monochrome</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Monochrome is a special case of
|
||||
Monochrome is a special case of
|
||||
<glossterm linkend="glossary:StaticGray"><symbol>StaticGray</symbol></glossterm>
|
||||
in which there are only two colormap entries.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -993,9 +993,9 @@ imply only that the strings <emphasis remap='I'>may</emphasis> contain multibyte
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
A window is obscured if some other window obscures it.
|
||||
A window can be partially obscured and so still have visible regions.
|
||||
Window A obscures window B if both are viewable
|
||||
Window A obscures window B if both are viewable
|
||||
<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>
|
||||
windows, if A is higher in the global stacking order,
|
||||
windows, if A is higher in the global stacking order,
|
||||
and if the rectangle defined by the outside
|
||||
edges of A intersects the rectangle defined by the outside edges of B.
|
||||
Note the distinction between obscures and occludes.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1009,10 +1009,10 @@ Also note that window borders are included in the calculation.
|
|||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
A window is occluded if some other window occludes it.
|
||||
Window A occludes window B if both are mapped,
|
||||
if A is higher in the global stacking order,
|
||||
and if the rectangle defined by the outside edges of A intersects the rectangle defined
|
||||
by the outside edges of B.
|
||||
Window A occludes window B if both are mapped,
|
||||
if A is higher in the global stacking order,
|
||||
and if the rectangle defined by the outside edges of A intersects the rectangle defined
|
||||
by the outside edges of B.
|
||||
Note the distinction between occludes and obscures.
|
||||
Also note that window borders are included in the calculation
|
||||
and that
|
||||
|
|
@ -1027,7 +1027,7 @@ windows never obscure other windows but can occlude other windows.
|
|||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Some padding bytes are inserted in the data stream to maintain
|
||||
alignment of the protocol requests on natural boundaries.
|
||||
alignment of the protocol requests on natural boundaries.
|
||||
This increases ease of portability to some machine architectures.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</glossdef>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1046,7 +1046,7 @@ If C is a child of P, then P is the parent of C.
|
|||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Passive grab</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Grabbing a key or button is a passive grab.
|
||||
Grabbing a key or button is a passive grab.
|
||||
The grab activates when the key or button is actually pressed.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</glossdef>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1058,8 +1058,8 @@ The grab activates when the key or button is actually pressed.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
A pixel is an N-bit value,
|
||||
where N is the number of bit planes used in a particular window or pixmap
|
||||
(that is, is the depth of the window or pixmap).
|
||||
A pixel in a window indexes a colormap to derive an actual color to be
|
||||
(that is, is the depth of the window or pixmap).
|
||||
A pixel in a window indexes a colormap to derive an actual color to be
|
||||
displayed.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</glossdef>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1069,10 +1069,10 @@ displayed.
|
|||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Pixmap</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
A pixmap is a three-dimensional array of bits.
|
||||
A pixmap is normally thought of as a two-dimensional array of pixels,
|
||||
A pixmap is a three-dimensional array of bits.
|
||||
A pixmap is normally thought of as a two-dimensional array of pixels,
|
||||
where each pixel can be a value from 0 to 2<superscript>N</superscript>-1,
|
||||
and where N is the depth (z axis) of the pixmap.
|
||||
and where N is the depth (z axis) of the pixmap.
|
||||
A pixmap can also be thought of as a stack of N bitmaps.
|
||||
A pixmap can only be used on the screen that it was created in.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1094,7 +1094,7 @@ bitmap is called a plane or bit plane.
|
|||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Graphics operations can be restricted to only affect a subset of bit
|
||||
planes of a destination.
|
||||
planes of a destination.
|
||||
A plane mask is a bit mask describing which planes are to be modified.
|
||||
The plane mask is stored in a graphics context.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1115,8 +1115,8 @@ and tracked on the screens.
|
|||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Pointer</primary><secondary>grabbing</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
A client can actively grab control of the pointer.
|
||||
Then button and motion events will be sent to that client
|
||||
A client can actively grab control of the pointer.
|
||||
Then button and motion events will be sent to that client
|
||||
rather than the client the events would normally have been sent to.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</glossdef>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1127,7 +1127,7 @@ rather than the client the events would normally have been sent to.
|
|||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
A pointing device is typically a mouse, tablet, or some other
|
||||
device with effective dimensional motion.
|
||||
device with effective dimensional motion.
|
||||
The core protocol defines only one visible cursor,
|
||||
which tracks whatever pointing device is attached as the pointer.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1164,9 +1164,9 @@ a..z A..Z 0..9 ._-
|
|||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Windows can have associated properties that consist of a name, a type,
|
||||
a data format, and some data.
|
||||
The protocol places no interpretation on properties.
|
||||
They are intended as a general-purpose naming mechanism for clients.
|
||||
a data format, and some data.
|
||||
The protocol places no interpretation on properties.
|
||||
They are intended as a general-purpose naming mechanism for clients.
|
||||
For example, clients might use properties to share information such as resize
|
||||
hints, program names, and icon formats with a window manager.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1218,8 +1218,8 @@ a single pixel would be drawn.
|
|||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Window managers (or client programs) may enforce window layout
|
||||
policy in various ways.
|
||||
When a client attempts to change the size or position of a window,
|
||||
policy in various ways.
|
||||
When a client attempts to change the size or position of a window,
|
||||
the operation may be redirected to a specified client
|
||||
rather than the operation actually being performed.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1230,9 +1230,9 @@ rather than the operation actually being performed.
|
|||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Reply</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Information requested by a client program using the X protocol
|
||||
Information requested by a client program using the X protocol
|
||||
is sent back to the client with a reply.
|
||||
Both events and replies are multiplexed on the same connection.
|
||||
Both events and replies are multiplexed on the same connection.
|
||||
Most requests do not generate replies,
|
||||
but some requests generate multiple replies.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1254,9 +1254,9 @@ It is a single block of data sent over a connection.
|
|||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Windows, pixmaps, cursors, fonts, graphics contexts, and colormaps are
|
||||
known as resources.
|
||||
They all have unique identifiers associated with them for naming purposes.
|
||||
The lifetime of a resource usually is bounded by the lifetime of the
|
||||
known as resources.
|
||||
They all have unique identifiers associated with them for naming purposes.
|
||||
The lifetime of a resource usually is bounded by the lifetime of the
|
||||
connection over which the resource was created.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</glossdef>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1279,8 +1279,8 @@ The X server scales these values to match the display hardware.
|
|||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Root</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The root of a pixmap or graphics context is the same as the root
|
||||
of whatever drawable was used when the pixmap or GC was created.
|
||||
The root of a pixmap or graphics context is the same as the root
|
||||
of whatever drawable was used when the pixmap or GC was created.
|
||||
The root of a window is the root window under which the window was created.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</glossdef>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1291,7 +1291,7 @@ The root of a window is the root window under which the window was created.
|
|||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Each screen has a root window covering it.
|
||||
The root window cannot be reconfigured or unmapped,
|
||||
The root window cannot be reconfigured or unmapped,
|
||||
but otherwise it acts as a full-fledged window.
|
||||
A root window has no parent.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1304,7 +1304,7 @@ A root window has no parent.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
The save set of a client is a list of other clients' windows that,
|
||||
if they are inferiors of one of the client's windows at connection
|
||||
close, should not be destroyed and that should be remapped
|
||||
close, should not be destroyed and that should be remapped
|
||||
if currently unmapped.
|
||||
Save sets are typically used by window managers to avoid
|
||||
lost windows if the manager should terminate abnormally.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1339,14 +1339,14 @@ increasing the y coordinate.
|
|||
<indexterm><primary>Display</primary><secondary>structure</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
A server can provide several independent screens,
|
||||
which typically have physically independent monitors.
|
||||
This would be the expected configuration when there is only a single keyboard
|
||||
A server can provide several independent screens,
|
||||
which typically have physically independent monitors.
|
||||
This would be the expected configuration when there is only a single keyboard
|
||||
and pointer shared among the screens.
|
||||
A
|
||||
A
|
||||
<type>Screen</type>
|
||||
structure contains the information about that screen
|
||||
and is linked to the
|
||||
and is linked to the
|
||||
<type>Display</type>
|
||||
structure.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1361,8 +1361,8 @@ A selection can be thought of as an indirect property with dynamic
|
|||
type.
|
||||
That is, rather than having the property stored in the X server,
|
||||
it is maintained by some client (the owner).
|
||||
A selection is global and is thought of as belonging to the user
|
||||
and being maintained by clients,
|
||||
A selection is global and is thought of as belonging to the user
|
||||
and being maintained by clients,
|
||||
rather than being private to a particular window subhierarchy
|
||||
or a particular set of clients.
|
||||
When a client asks for the contents of
|
||||
|
|
@ -1375,7 +1375,7 @@ Z format.
|
|||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The target type can also be used to control the class of
|
||||
contents transmitted; for example,
|
||||
contents transmitted; for example,
|
||||
asking for the ``looks'' (fonts, line
|
||||
spacing, indentation, and so forth) of a paragraph selection, rather than the
|
||||
text of the paragraph.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1390,10 +1390,10 @@ The protocol does not constrain the semantics.
|
|||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Server</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The server, which is also referred to as the X server,
|
||||
provides the basic windowing mechanism.
|
||||
It handles <acronym>IPC</acronym> connections from clients,
|
||||
multiplexes graphics requests onto the screens,
|
||||
The server, which is also referred to as the X server,
|
||||
provides the basic windowing mechanism.
|
||||
It handles <acronym>IPC</acronym> connections from clients,
|
||||
multiplexes graphics requests onto the screens,
|
||||
and demultiplexes input back to the appropriate clients.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</glossdef>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1403,7 +1403,7 @@ and demultiplexes input back to the appropriate clients.
|
|||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Server</primary><secondary>grabbing</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The server can be grabbed by a single client for exclusive use.
|
||||
The server can be grabbed by a single client for exclusive use.
|
||||
This prevents processing of any requests from other client connections until
|
||||
the grab is completed.
|
||||
This is typically only a transient state for such things as rubber-banding,
|
||||
|
|
@ -1416,7 +1416,7 @@ pop-up menus, or executing requests indivisibly.
|
|||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Shift sequence</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
ISO2022 defines control characters and escape sequences
|
||||
ISO2022 defines control characters and escape sequences
|
||||
which temporarily (single shift) or permanently (locking shift) cause a
|
||||
different character set to be in effect (``invoking'' a character set).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1437,8 +1437,8 @@ Children of the same parent window are known as sibling windows.
|
|||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Sibling windows, similar to sheets of paper on a desk,
|
||||
can stack on top of each other.
|
||||
Windows above both obscure and occlude lower windows.
|
||||
can stack on top of each other.
|
||||
Windows above both obscure and occlude lower windows.
|
||||
The relationship between sibling windows is known as the stacking order.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</glossdef>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1450,8 +1450,8 @@ The relationship between sibling windows is known as the stacking order.
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
An encoding in which an invocation of a charset can apply to multiple
|
||||
characters in sequence.
|
||||
A state-dependent encoding begins in an ``initial state''
|
||||
and enters other ``shift states'' when specific ``shift sequences''
|
||||
A state-dependent encoding begins in an ``initial state''
|
||||
and enters other ``shift states'' when specific ``shift sequences''
|
||||
are encountered in the byte sequence.
|
||||
In ISO2022 terms,
|
||||
this means use of locking shifts, not single shifts.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1476,7 +1476,7 @@ this means use of at most single shifts, not locking shifts.
|
|||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<symbol>StaticColor</symbol>
|
||||
can be viewed as a degenerate case of
|
||||
can be viewed as a degenerate case of
|
||||
<glossterm linkend="glossary:PseudoColor"><symbol>PseudoColor</symbol></glossterm>
|
||||
in which the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values are predefined and read-only.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1488,7 +1488,7 @@ in which the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values are predefined and read-only.
|
|||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<symbol>StaticGray</symbol>
|
||||
can be viewed as a degenerate case of
|
||||
can be viewed as a degenerate case of
|
||||
<glossterm linkend="glossary:GrayScale"><symbol>GrayScale</symbol></glossterm>
|
||||
in which the gray values are predefined and read-only.
|
||||
The values are typically linear or near-linear increasing ramps.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1548,7 +1548,7 @@ are pairwise equivalent to decimal values 246 to 254 inclusive
|
|||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Tile</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
A pixmap can be replicated in two dimensions to tile a region.
|
||||
A pixmap can be replicated in two dimensions to tile a region.
|
||||
The pixmap itself is also known as a tile.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</glossdef>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1558,16 +1558,16 @@ The pixmap itself is also known as a tile.
|
|||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Timestamp</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
A timestamp is a time value expressed in milliseconds.
|
||||
A timestamp is a time value expressed in milliseconds.
|
||||
It is typically the time since the last server reset.
|
||||
Timestamp values wrap around (after about 49.7 days).
|
||||
The server, given its current time is represented by timestamp T,
|
||||
always interprets timestamps from clients by treating half
|
||||
of the timestamp space as being earlier in time than T
|
||||
The server, given its current time is represented by timestamp T,
|
||||
always interprets timestamps from clients by treating half
|
||||
of the timestamp space as being earlier in time than T
|
||||
and half of the timestamp space as being later in time than T.
|
||||
One timestamp value, represented by the constant
|
||||
One timestamp value, represented by the constant
|
||||
<symbol>CurrentTime</symbol>,
|
||||
is never generated by the server.
|
||||
is never generated by the server.
|
||||
This value is reserved for use in requests to represent the current server time.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</glossdef>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1578,7 +1578,7 @@ This value is reserved for use in requests to represent the current server time.
|
|||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<symbol>TrueColor</symbol>
|
||||
can be viewed as a degenerate case of
|
||||
can be viewed as a degenerate case of
|
||||
<glossterm linkend="glossary:DirectColor"><symbol>DirectColor</symbol></glossterm>
|
||||
in which the subfields in the pixel value directly encode the corresponding <acronym>RGB</acronym>
|
||||
values.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1592,9 +1592,9 @@ The values are typically linear or near-linear increasing ramps.
|
|||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Type</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
A type is an arbitrary atom used to identify the interpretation of property
|
||||
data.
|
||||
Types are completely uninterpreted by the server.
|
||||
A type is an arbitrary atom used to identify the interpretation of property
|
||||
data.
|
||||
Types are completely uninterpreted by the server.
|
||||
They are solely for the benefit of clients.
|
||||
X predefines type atoms for many frequently used types,
|
||||
and clients also can define new types.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1606,11 +1606,11 @@ and clients also can define new types.
|
|||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Viewable</primary></indexterm>
|
||||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
A window is viewable if it and all of its ancestors are mapped.
|
||||
A window is viewable if it and all of its ancestors are mapped.
|
||||
This does not imply that any portion of the window is actually visible.
|
||||
Graphics requests can be performed on a window when it is not
|
||||
viewable, but output will not be retained unless the server is maintaining
|
||||
backing store.
|
||||
backing store.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</glossdef>
|
||||
</glossentry>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1643,10 +1643,10 @@ returns true.
|
|||
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Window</primary><secondary>gravity</secondary></indexterm>
|
||||
<glossdef>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
When windows are resized,
|
||||
subwindows may be repositioned automatically relative to some position in the
|
||||
When windows are resized,
|
||||
subwindows may be repositioned automatically relative to some position in the
|
||||
window.
|
||||
This attraction of a subwindow to some part of its parent is known
|
||||
This attraction of a subwindow to some part of its parent is known
|
||||
as window gravity.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</glossdef>
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -67,16 +67,16 @@
|
|||
|
||||
<legalnotice>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
|
||||
of this software and associated documentation files
|
||||
(the “Software”), to deal in the Software without restriction,
|
||||
including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
|
||||
distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
|
||||
persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
|
||||
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
|
||||
of this software and associated documentation files
|
||||
(the “Software”), to deal in the Software without restriction,
|
||||
including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
|
||||
distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
|
||||
persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
|
||||
conditions:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
|
@ -88,8 +88,8 @@ ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
|
|||
WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not
|
||||
be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
|
||||
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not
|
||||
be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
|
||||
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</legalnotice>
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
18
src/XErrorDB
18
src/XErrorDB
|
|
@ -6,10 +6,10 @@
|
|||
! the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
|
||||
! copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
|
||||
! documentation.
|
||||
!
|
||||
!
|
||||
! The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
|
||||
! included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
!
|
||||
!
|
||||
! THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
|
||||
! EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
! MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
|
||||
|
|
@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
|
|||
! OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
|
||||
! ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
|
||||
! OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
!
|
||||
!
|
||||
! Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall
|
||||
! not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
|
||||
! other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
|
||||
|
|
@ -1014,9 +1014,9 @@ XRequest.DRI2.3: DRI2CreateDrawable
|
|||
XRequest.DRI2.4: DRI2DestroyDrawable
|
||||
XRequest.DRI2.5: DRI2GetBuffers
|
||||
XRequest.DRI2.6: DRI2CopyRegion
|
||||
XRequest.DRI2.7: DRI2GetBuffersWithFormat
|
||||
XRequest.DRI2.8: DRI2SwapBuffers
|
||||
XRequest.DRI2.9: DRI2GetMSC
|
||||
XRequest.DRI2.10: DRI2WaitMSC
|
||||
XRequest.DRI2.11: DRI2WaitSBC
|
||||
XRequest.DRI2.12: DRI2SwapInterval
|
||||
XRequest.DRI2.7: DRI2GetBuffersWithFormat
|
||||
XRequest.DRI2.8: DRI2SwapBuffers
|
||||
XRequest.DRI2.9: DRI2GetMSC
|
||||
XRequest.DRI2.10: DRI2WaitMSC
|
||||
XRequest.DRI2.11: DRI2WaitSBC
|
||||
XRequest.DRI2.12: DRI2SwapInterval
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -7,5 +7,5 @@ cat $* | awk 'BEGIN { \
|
|||
/^#define/ { \
|
||||
len = length($2)-3; \
|
||||
printf("{ \"%s\", %s },\n", substr($2,4,len), $3); \
|
||||
}'
|
||||
}'
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1061,7 +1061,7 @@ freeConversion(
|
|||
/* ... */
|
||||
Xfree(ctconv->convlist);
|
||||
ctconv->convlist = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Xfree(ctconv);
|
||||
codeset->ctconv = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2228,7 +2228,7 @@ iconv_mbstowcs(XlcConv conv, XPointer *from, int *from_left,
|
|||
/* null ? */
|
||||
src++;
|
||||
src_left--;
|
||||
if (dst)
|
||||
if (dst)
|
||||
*dst++ = L'\0';
|
||||
dst_left--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -2265,20 +2265,20 @@ iconv_wcstombs(XlcConv conv, XPointer *from, int *from_left,
|
|||
int dst_left = *to_left;
|
||||
int length, unconv_num = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
while (src_left > 0 && dst_left >= MB_CUR_MAX) {
|
||||
while (src_left > 0 && dst_left >= MB_CUR_MAX) {
|
||||
length = wctomb(dst, *src); /* XXX */
|
||||
|
||||
if (length > 0) {
|
||||
src++;
|
||||
src_left--;
|
||||
if (dst)
|
||||
if (dst)
|
||||
dst += length;
|
||||
dst_left -= length;
|
||||
} else if (length < 0) {
|
||||
src++;
|
||||
src_left--;
|
||||
unconv_num++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
*from = (XPointer) src;
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ static const unsigned char iso8859_9e_page01_d[24] = {
|
|||
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xd8-0xdf */
|
||||
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xaa, 0xba, /* 0xe0-0xe7 */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static int
|
||||
iso8859_9e_wctomb (conv_t conv, unsigned char *r, ucs4_t wc, int n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
Loading…
Add table
Reference in a new issue